Docstoc

Wetland Detectives SUM

Document Sample
Wetland Detectives SUM Powered By Docstoc
					PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Wetland Detectives
                                       SUM11:01
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Education Department, Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust

Places available:            20


Venue                                          Time                Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group
                                                                              th
Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust, Arundel             10.00 – 2.30        Saturday 11 June 2011                         1


NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than the average for their year group in science;
•    shows a keen interest in the environment;
•    understands how humans can have a positive and negative effect upon that environment;
•    enjoys being outdoors and exploring the world around them;
•    shows high level emotional intelligence in regards to the value of all life forms;
•    can think at higher levels such as analysing, speculating and providing explanations;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how the diversity of life depends upon wetlands by observing at first hand a variety of species;

•    understand how organisms differ between habitats and are adapted to suit these environments;

•    be able to think critically about why certain organisms live in certain habitats;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysis and justifying the importance of wetland conservation.
Course Details:

Pupils will explore and engage with the incredible world of a healthy wetland! They will discover the diversity of life that
lives both above and below the water and the importance of wetlands for the environment as a whole. Focusing on
insects, the pupils will get up close and personal to the amazing creatures that live under the water of our ponds, in
the long grass meadows and even in our maturing log piles. As our wetland detectives, equipped with nets and
magnifying glasses, they will embark on a mission to solve the mystery of why some creatures live in water while
others don’t. Most importantly pupils will have a fantastic day!


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Waterproof Clothing

 Soft drink                            Camera (optional)

 Mid-session snack                     Other: suitable outdoor clothing for
                                       time of year and weather on the day

 Pens, pencils etc

 Stout Footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and for the family to visit other wetland
sites such as Amberley Wild Brooks and RSPB Pulborough Brooks to compare and contrast different wetland sites
and their wildlife.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:01
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

           Creativity And Fun With World Rhythms!
                          SUM11:02
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher

Places available:             16


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group

    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 2.30       Saturday 9th July 2011                    1

*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.00pm for a 2.30pm finish



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:


•      must be able to keep a steady beat – non negotiable!
•      is self-disciplined and self-aware for their age;
•      is able to work in pairs and as part of a group for diverse musical activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different strokes
       and/or enjoy vocalization (singing, recitation and vocal improvisation – but not involving harmony or melody);
•      has a keen interest in rhythm and drumming;
•      may be competent on another instrument, showing a flair for improvisation and accommodation/transposition of
       other musical ideas or structures into their playing;
•      may have both mathematical and/or linguistic skills as opposed to evident musical skills or have a keen interest in
       rhythm and drumming, and would enjoy exposure to a completely new musical experience.

IMPORTANT: Pupils are not required to be able to read music, or understand a Western musical notation and
these workshops are not just for boys!


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

       •    learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
            relevance with Western music;

       •    experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and as
            part of a group;

       •    experience a very different and multi-faceted process of learning, broadly an Eastern model involving
            copying and repetition, internalization of pulse and repertoire;

       •    be able to play and recite tabla phrases, both over a beat and within a cyclical structure;

       •    develop their creativity at their own pace through both improvisation and group participation.
Course Details:

Tabla is a sophisticated and versatile form of drumming, increasingly used in a wide range of contemporary Western
music, especially where evocative sounds and improvisation are needed. These enjoyable and participatory
workshops offer both an introduction to classical tabla and, significantly, new ideas and approaches for transferring its
recited language to other percussion instruments and drums. There will be much hands-on playing, and everyone will
be part of an exciting multi-layered ensemble. (Parents and family members are invited to be part of the end of the
session for a short presentation and performance).

Please note that these workshops are not only for musicians! There will be many young people who have a
previously unrecognised or unfulfilled predisposition for enjoying this type of creativity and experience.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Comfortable clothing for sitting on
                                      floor (ideally no football shirts)

 Water                                Other: cushion

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents, pupils, and teachers are invited to contact the tutor or access his website: Steve Morley, 01273 245939.
Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their peer group.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:02
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                     Lords And Ladies
                                        SUM11:03
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Lynn Gayford, Education Officer, Lewes Castle and Anne of Cleves House

Places available:            16


 Venue                                         Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                            th
 Lewes Castle                                  10.00 – 12.30      Saturday 7 May 2011                   1/2




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to work well with pupils whom they have not met before;
•    is motivated by and shows a keen interest in the past and its people;
•    enjoys using their imagination and exploring new places;
•    has excellent observation and deduction skills;
•    is familiar with the idea that peoples’ lives and homes were different in the past;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others as well as working independently;
•    enjoys making things.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the life in the Castle, the different people who lived and worked here;

•    learn more about the local area and the lives of the Lord and Lady who built the castle and why it was built;

•    develop higher level thinking skills by looking at and interpreting different forms of evidence to generate ideas
     about the past;

•    use historical evidence to inspire a range of creative activities.
Course Details:

During this session pupils will have a guided tour of the Castle looking for clues about its past, visit the Museum to
look at the Mediaeval collection and see the kind of objects that different people living in the Castle would own and
use. They will listen to a story, explore paintings and handle Mediaeval artefacts, and these will be used to inspire the
pupils imagination for dressing up and craft activities.

Please bring:


 Soft drink

 Mid session snack

 An old apron or shirt (if desired)

 Stout footwear

 Warm and waterproof clothing

 Camera (if desired)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:03
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                          SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Botany In The Barn
                                       SUM11:04
                                                        KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                    3                4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Rebecca Jennings, Saddlescombe Farm, National Trust

Places available:            10


 Venue                                         Time              Date                              Year
                                                                                                   Group
                                                                            th
 Saddlescombe Farm, Near Poynings,             1.00 – 4.00       Saturday 14 May 2011              1/2
 Brighton



NB       As the afternoon will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.
         There may be some contact with livestock.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a higher level than their peers in science and art ;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to work independently and collaboratively;
•    enjoys being outdoors and getting their hands dirty.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    be able to identify key parts of a plant such as petals, leaves and stalk;

•    understand the importance of the shape and colour of the flowers;

•    know how to use magnifying glasses in the field;

•    develop their artistic interpretation of nature.
Course Details:

This fun and practical afternoon will highlight the diversity of plant shapes.

The pupils (and parents if they wish to stay) will be taken on a short walk into a flowered meadow where they will
identify common grassland plants using a key and magnifying glasses. A discussion of shape, colour and function of
the plants will follow.

After sketching the plants in the field, they return to the barn where materials for a flower collage will be available.

Please bring:

 Soft drink                           Other: Old clothes.

 Mid-session snack                    Camera (optional).

 Stout Footwear

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences of Saddlescombe Farm with friends / family, fellow pupils and
teachers with the intention of visiting the farm on Open Days and other National Trust properties which have gardens,
such as Sheffield Park.

They will also be encouraged to visit the Devil’s Dyke and use their knowledge from the day to identify similar plants
there.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:04
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                           Colours And Camouflage
                                  SUM11:05
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Philip Haskell, Weald Countryside Education Officer, WSCC, Buchan Country
                                      Park, Crawley

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Countryside Centre, Buchan Country           10.00 – 1.00       Saturday 21st May 2011                 1/2
 Park, Crawley


NB        As most of the morning will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor
          clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to listen and follow instructions;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than the average for their year group in science;
•    shows a keen interest in science and is able to discuss ideas about colours, and how other animals see the world
     around them;
•    enjoys carrying out experiments;
•    is familiar with using simple scientific equipment safely and carefully;
•    is competent in carrying out experiments and recording observations;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating and providing evaluative explanations;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    has not previously attended this course.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how the visible spectrum relates to the natural world, how light bends through water to produce the rainbow
     colours and how the order of colours remains constant;

•    understand how animals use colour to live and how different animals see colour in different ways;

•    be able to use simple scientific equipment to identify pond creatures and use various colours and patterns to
     create original artwork;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills, such as analysing results of experiments, providing evaluative
     explanations and speculating about the unknown.
Course Details:

This course will explore the interesting world of light and colours, gaining fascinating insights into creating colours and
how animals use colours and patterns for camouflage. The pupils will attempt to solve questions on how other
animals see colours and the world around them. Pupils will be introduced to light, colours, mirrors, prisms, and
discover how colours are formed and perceived by other animals through experiments and games. They will then
enjoy searching for pond creatures outside in the park. They will use identification keys and discover how these
creatures are adapted to their environment. The course will finish with the pupils creating their own artwork based on
wildlife, colour and camouflage.

Please bring:


 Soft drink                            Waterproof Clothing

 Mid-session snack                     Other: suitable outdoor
                                       clothing for time of year and messy
                                       activities (and suncream)

 Writing pad/paper (optional)

 Pens, pencils etc

 Stout Footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and look for use of colour and
camouflage by animals and plants in their local environment. They are also encouraged to investigate further how
light passes through different materials, practise colour mixing and the use of colour in different situations.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
        course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:05
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                            SUMMER TERM 2011

                                  I Spy Maths Morning!
                                       SUM11:06
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                    4          16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Pam North and Julia Brough, The Education Department, Chichester Cathedral

Places available:            18


 Venue                                         Time               Date                             Year
                                                                                                   Group
                                                                             th
 Chichester Cathedral                          9.30 – 12.30       Saturday 11 June 2011            1/2


Please meet at the Education Centre, 1 St Faiths, which is located on Cathedral Green and outside the
Eastern arm of the Cloisters. PLEASE SEE MAP



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to sort data to more than one criteria;
•    can use simple tables to record findings;
•    enjoys problem solving;
•    discusses their work using mathematical language (age appropriate);
•    can work co-operatively;
•    has self confidence in unfamiliar surroundings.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    begin to understand how to collect data;

•    begin to be able to create their own simple tables and chart;

•    develop their ability to interpret data presented in table or chart form;

•    develop further their higher order observational and thinking skills.




Course Details:
Chichester Cathedral provides the backdrop for practical experiences in data handling. The pupils will tour the
Cathedral exploring and discovering different shapes and artefacts. Following discussion the pupils will engage in
adult led activities where they will use their findings to make a group chart and answer questions about the data
collected. Pupils will also complete their own table/graph to represent some of the information they collected in their
discoveries earlier in the Cathedral. Teachers might like to note that the session will conclude with exploration of the
pupils’ progression in skills and understanding through self-assessment.


Please bring:

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Stout footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers. Pupils will take their table/graph and
self-assessment sheet to share with their parents/carer as well as teachers and friends at school.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:06
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                     Investigating Trees
                                         SUM11:07
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Philip Haskell, Weald Countryside Education Officer, Buchan Country Park,
                                        Crawley and Tom Forward, High Weald Forest Schools Co-ordinator.

Places available:             16


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                     Year
                                                                                                            Group
                                                                              th
    Countryside Centre, Buchan Country          10.00 – 1.00       Saturday 25 June 2011                    1/2
    Park, Crawley


NB          As some of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is able to follow instructions and perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort;
•      is working at a level beyond their peers in numeracy and literacy;
•      shows a keen interest in and is able to discuss ideas about trees, wildlife and their use in nature and the human
       environment;
•      enjoys challenging practical tasks and team work;
•      enjoys doing outside project work;
•      has some experience of studying plants and mini-beasts in the field;
•      can think at higher levels such as analyzing and providing evaluative explanations, plus creative thinking;
•      is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•      uses high level speaking and listening skills.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know how to measure tree growth (height and girth) and name different parts of a tree to aid in species
       identification;

•      understand the importance of continually observing trees and associated life on it, as indicators of environmental
       health;

•      be able to make detailed observations of an individual tree and record them in a systematic/scientific manner;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills in interpreting, analyzing and evaluating detailed observations.
Course Details:

This course will explore the interesting world of trees. As junior ‘tree wardens’ they will gain fascinating insights into
their structure, identification, variety and importance as environmental indicators. Pupils will learn how to make
records and measurements of a tree. They will also have the opportunity to look for any plant or animal life under or
on the tree, and enjoy playing a ‘tree’ game (if time permits).

Pupils will work in smaller groups recording through drawing, writing and making bark and leaf rubbings.

If time permits they will create their own geometrical leaf pattern through a variety of art media.


Please bring:

 Writing paper, pens, pencils etc     Stout /suitable footwear

 Bottle of water                      Camera (optional)

 Mid-session snack                    Other: This is an outdoor course in
                                      woodland, whatever the weather,
                                      and so pupils will need to have
 Waterproof clothing                  long trousers, suitable layers of
                                      clothing and waterproof footwear,
                                      sun hat and sun screen.

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and continue to make detailed
observations of their local trees and develop junior tree wardens at their school. Pupils are also encouraged to return
copies of any relevant work with a completed course feedback form to Buchan Park in order to receive a special
certificate.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:07
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                What Does An Archaeologist Do?
                          SUM11:08
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Lynn Gayford, Education Officer, Lewes Castle and Anne of Cleves House

Places available:            16


 Venue                                         Time                Date                                    Year
                                                                                                           Group
                                                                              th
 Lewes Castle                                  10.00 – 12.30       Saturday 25 June 2011                   1/2


N.B. As most of the morning will be spent outside, please ensure pupils have suitable clothing.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has excellent observation and deduction skills;
•    is able to work well with pupils whom they have not met before;
•    has an outstanding imagination;
•    shows a keen interest in the past and its peoples and is able to discuss ideas about what life was like in the past;
•    shows a keen interest in archaeology;
•    enjoys using their imagination and exploring new places;
•    is familiar with the idea that peoples’ lives and homes were different in the past;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the use of primary sources of evidence;

•    be more familiar with the qualities of different materials;

•    understand how and where archaeologists can discover things from the past and how these can be interpreted;

•    be able to use primary sources to generate ideas about the past;

•    develop confidence in speaking out loud.
Course Details:

During this active session the pupils will discover how archaeologists find out about the past by interpreting physical
evidence. How do things come to be buried underground? What it is like to work on an archaeological dig? How can
we recognise something that may be thousands of years old? How do we know how old things are? What can we do
to understand more about the lives of people in the past? Pupils will also visit the Museum, handle and draw
artefacts.


Please bring:

 Soft drink                          Camera (if desired)

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear

 Warm and waterproof clothing –
 please note that the castle can
 be very cold so please bring
 extra warm clothes.

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to visit other mediaeval sites to find
out more.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:08
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

    One World, One Ocean – The Adventures Of
                  Ed The Bear
                   SUM11:09
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Stephen Savage, Education Co-ordinator, Shoreham Beach Local Nature
                                      Reserve

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
 County Hall North, Horsham                   10.00 – 2.30       Saturday 7th May 2011                   2




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in marine wildlife;
•    has a good understanding of the life processes of animals;
•    is familiar with the key differences between animal groups (e.g mammals, birds, fish);
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in science;
•    is an imaginative thinker;
•    can speculate on information provided (verbal or visual) and explain their thoughts to others;
•    uses higher order thinking, speaking and listening skills;
•    interacts with others as well as being capable of working on their own.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    understand that all seas and oceans are linked to make one ocean;

•    know more about the natural history of a wide selection of marine creatures, local and global;

•    understand some of the global issues affecting ocean habitats and wildlife;

•    be able to explain how we are all contributing to these global issues and how we can reduce this impact;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by speculating on information and predicting outcomes and where
     relevant how they may be changed for the better.
Course Details:

The Adventures of Ed the Bear is a cross curriculum project linking a variety of topics including oceans and
sustainability. During the course, pupils will follow Ed’s travels which will provide opportunities for them to discover
some of the amazing wildlife that lives in the oceans and also some of the threats to the marine environment. Ed's
Adventures begin on his own local beach, Shoreham Beach, which is also a local nature reserve. Shoreham Beach is
home to a special habitat called vegetated shingle which is rare in the UK and worldwide. Ed's beach is in danger
from global threats such as sea level rise and coastal squeeze due to global warming and marine litter. Shoreham
Beach also provides a local context for the global topics that Ed will explore during his adventures.

Ed (who is a Teddy Bear) has been sent to various locations around the world where different people and
organisations are assisting him in his adventures. Destinations include Hawaii (where hundreds of albatross chicks
die due to swallowing marine litter), a coral reef to see the effects of global warming and the west coast USA to
investigate threats to migrating whales. However, Ed's adventures will also be a celebration of the oceans, and pupils
will have the opportuntiy to learn about a range of marine life such as tide pool wildlife, whales, manta rays, reef
wildlife, ship wreck wildlife, sharks and much more. As part of Ed's adventures in the USA, NOAA (National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration) have organised the construction of an ROV (remotely operated vehicle) especially
for Ed so he can truly interact with the underwater world. Pupils will be asked to design and draw their own
underwater vehicle for Ed to operate in their chosen ocean habitat and designed to tackle a specific global issue
(from a list we will supply)

The pupils will also be introduced to the the concept of one ocean and the basics of the ocean system (e.g. the great
ocean conveyor) to illustrate how global issues affect the world’s oceans and ultimately Ed's own beach. The pupils
will also find out how we are all contributing to some of these global issues, even if we live miles away from the sea.
We will also discuss how the damage done to oceans will affect us, even if we live miles away from the ocean. The
pupils will be encouraged to think about the global isues that they may contribute towards and come up with ways in
which they may be able to reduce their impact. They will then take these ideas away with them to try to implement at
home (or school).

The course will be supported by materials from the Adventures of Ed the Bear weblog, photographs of his adventures
(including pictures of Ed in situ) and objects brought back from the places he visits. This will range from a beautiful
sea shell to a leg band from an albatross chick that died from swallowing plastic. The Ed the Bear character has been
developed so that oceans and global issues can be discussed in a unique way (through the eyes of the character) and
so that the character can physically visit the various global locations.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Cameral (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents. Pupils should be encouraged to report
to the class on the travels of Ed the Bear, possibly the class could also follow his future travels.
Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenston at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:09
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                      Infant Detectives
                                         SUM11:10
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                 4             16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Jackie Day, Education Officer at RSPB Pulborough Brooks

Places available:            20


 Venue                                        Time                   Date                            Year
                                                                                                     Group
                                                                                th
 Pulborough Brooks, RSPB Nature               10.00 - 2.30           Saturday 14 May 2011            2
 Reserve



NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in the outdoor world;
•    enjoys interactive learning;
•    is able to work within a group;
•    makes detailed observations looking for clues and creations;
•    is able to consider the reason 'why' and can make reasoned predictions.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the diversity of wildlife which lives around us;

•    understand that different animals live in different habitats;

•    be able to identify what they have found and say why it is in a certain habitat;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysing observations made and making predictions, and
     proposing further evidence of wildlife.




Course Details:
This course will explore the wildlife on our nature reserve, gaining fascinating insights into the animals that live here.
The pupils start the day in the classroom looking through leaves to start identifying some of the animals that live in the
woodland habitat. They will be introduced to the identification charts and ways of classifying animals. The programme
for the day is then explained to the pupils, how they will look for signs of, as well as the actually animals, on the
reserve.

The pupils will go out onto the reserve and be shown how to look for signs of animal life, make sound conclusions and
then record their observations. They will then learn how to use equipment to investigate the animals and signs of
animals in a wetland habitat, i.e. pond dipping a pond or ditch. They will then investigate a contrasting habitat such as
a woodland/hedgerow or grassland. Throughout the day the pupils are encouraged to share their observations with
the group as they walk around the nature reserve. The pupils will work independently, in pairs and small groups. They
will review their day’s activities and consider how to apply their knowledge and skills. The experience of visiting a
nature reserve aims to inspire care and respect for all living things as well as promoting an understanding of where
animals live and why.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch (preferably in a        Camera (optional)
 school bag or rucksack)

 Soft drink/water bottle              Other: binoculars (optional we can
                                      lend some) and suitable clothing
                                      for the time of year and weather on
                                      the day e.g sun hat

 Sketch pad, pens, pencils etc

 Stout Footwear

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and use their school grounds to extend
their observation skills and share with others what is to be found within them.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:10
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Wetland Detectives
                                       SUM11:11
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                    3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Education Department, Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust

Places available:            20


Venue                                          Time                 Date                                       Year
                                                                                                               Group
                                                                               st
Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust, Arundel             10.00 – 3.00         Saturday 21 May 2011                           2


NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than the average for their year group in science;
•    shows a keen interest in the environment;
•    understands how humans can have a positive and negative effect upon that environment;
•    enjoys being outdoors and exploring the world around them;
•    shows high level emotional intelligence in regards to the value of all life forms;
•    can think at higher levels such as analysing, speculating and providing explanations;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how the diversity of life depends upon wetlands by observing at first hand a variety of species;

•    understand how organisms differ between habitats and are adapted to suit these environments;

•    be able to think critically about why certain organisms live in certain habitats;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysis and justifying the importance of wetland conservation.




Course Details:

Pupils will explore and engage with the incredible world of a healthy wetland! They will discover the diversity of life that
lives both above and below the water and the importance of wetlands for the environment as a whole. Focusing on
insects, the pupils will get up close and personal to the amazing creatures that live under the water of our ponds, in
the long grass meadows and even in our maturing log piles. As our wetland detectives, equipped with nets and
magnifying glasses, they will embark on a mission to solve the mystery of why some creatures live in water while
others don’t. Most importantly pupils will have a fantastic day!


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Waterproof Clothing

 Soft drink                          Camera (optional)

 Mid-session snack                   Other: suitable outdoor clothing for
                                     time of year and weather on the day

 Pens, pencils etc

 Stout Footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and for the family to visit other wetland
sites such as Amberley Wild Brooks and RSPB Pulborough Brooks to compare and contrast different wetland sites
and their wildlife.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:11
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

         Swishy Swashy: We’re Going On A Word
                         Hunt
                      SUM11:12
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                  2                   3                  4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Michael Parker, Teacher and Poet

Places available:             20


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                        Group
    Sussex Wildlife Trust, Woods Mill          10.00 – 3.00*      Saturday 11th June 2011               2
    Countryside Centre, Henfield


*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance of the pupils’ poetry at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish.

NB          As some of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure that the pupils have suitable outdoor
            clothing.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      enjoys writing imaginatively;
•      likes being outside;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker and is willing to experiment with new ideas;
•      uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•      enjoys performance and performing.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the poetry of Michael Parker;

•      understand how writers and poets are inspired;

•      understand more about the effects of imagery and the sound and rhythm of words;

•      be able to note ideas and images that come to mind and convert these notes into poems;

•      be able to read their own poems with an awareness of their audience;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysis of the ideas expressed in the performed poetry,
       thinking imaginatively about their surroundings, expressing ideas creatively and evaluating the results.
Course Details:

The course will begin with a performance of poetry by Michael Parker and a discussion of its merits and poetic
techniques. Pupils will then examine how imagery, including metaphor and simile, can show a poet’s thoughts and
feelings.

The pupils will look at the sound words in Michael Rosen’s ‘We’re Going On A Bear Hunt’, and will practice making
similarly image-rich words to different rhythms, exploring the surrounding environment, finding inspiration in what is
discovered for making sound stories like ‘Bear Hunt’. Michael will discuss editing issues as they arise.

The pupils will then split into groups to compete in voice and rhythm games to prepare for the performance.

In an appropriate location, the pupils will perform their poems to each other, parents and carers, engaging the
audience with voice, movement and participation where required. The course will end with an evaluation of the
workshop, the writing and the performance of the poetry. There will be a discussion of what individuals would like to
do with poetry in the future.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Stout Footwear

 Soft drink                          Warm / waterproof clothing

 Writing pad/paper

 Pens, pencils etc

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and carers and friends, particularly looking
at their surroundings imaginatively and expressing ideas as performed poetry.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:12
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                             SUMMER TERM 2011

                                             Wax Resist
                                             SUM11:13
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                      3               4             16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Su Cloud, Ceramicist and Art Teacher

Places available:           15


 Venue                                        Time                Date                            Year
                                                                                                  Group
 West Dean College, Chichester                10.00 – 3.00        Saturday 25th June 2011         2


N.B. As the pupils will go outside during their lunch break, please make sure they have suitable outer
clothing for the weather on the day.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has an outstanding ability in art and design;
•    is an imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    is familiar with colour mixing;
•    enjoys craft activities.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about resourcing ideas;

•    understand how to put a design into a repeating pattern in several different ways;

•    be able to use a variety of new techniques;

•    develop the initial idea by adding detail and texture.
Course Details:

Pupils will learn how a textile artist works. Gaining inspiration from other artists, they will design a tile using mixed
media. They will then experiment by rubbing the design, using wax crayons, repeating the design by rotating the tile.
They will evaluate their results and decide their final design to be printed onto fabric using wax resist and fabric dyes.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                           Other: Old shirt, apron

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

This could be extended as a class activity and all the designs put together to make a patchwork wall hanging.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:13
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

           Creativity And Fun With World Rhythms!
                          SUM11:14
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher

Places available:             16


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group

    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 2nd July 2011                    2

*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:


•      must be able to keep a steady beat – non negotiable!
•      is self-disciplined and self-aware for their age;
•      is able to work in pairs and as part of a group for diverse musical activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different strokes
       and/or enjoy vocalization (singing, recitation and vocal improvisation – but not involving harmony or melody);
•      has a keen interest in rhythm and drumming;
•      may be competent on another instrument, showing a flair for improvisation and accommodation/transposition of
       other musical ideas or structures into their playing;
•      may have both mathematical and/or linguistic skills as opposed to evident musical skills or have a keen interest in
       rhythm and drumming, and would enjoy exposure to a completely new musical experience.

IMPORTANT: Pupils are not required to be able to read music, or understand a Western musical notation and
these workshops are not just for boys!


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

       •    learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
            relevance with Western music;

       •    experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and as
            part of a group;

       •    experience a very different and multi-faceted process of learning, broadly an Eastern model involving
            copying and repetition, internalization of pulse and repertoire;

       •    be able to play and recite tabla phrases, both over a beat and within a cyclical structure;

       •    develop their creativity at their own pace through both improvisation and group participation.
Course Details:

Tabla is a sophisticated and versatile form of drumming, increasingly used in a wide range of contemporary Western
music, especially where evocative sounds and improvisation are needed. These enjoyable and participatory
workshops offer both an introduction to classical tabla and, significantly, new ideas and approaches for transferring its
recited language to other percussion instruments and drums. There will be much hands-on playing, and everyone will
be part of an exciting multi-layered ensemble. (Parents and family members are invited to be part of the end of the
session for a short presentation and performance).

Please note that these workshops are not only for musicians! There will be many young people who have a
previously unrecognised or unfulfilled predisposition for enjoying this type of creativity and experience.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Comfortable clothing for sitting on
                                      floor (ideally no football shirts)

 Water                                Other: cushion

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents, pupils, and teachers are invited to contact the tutor or access his website: Steve Morley, 01273 245939.
Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their peer group.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:14
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                            Roman Children At Play
                                 SUM11:15
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                     3                4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Beverley Lee, Education Officer, Fishbourne Roman Palace

Places available:           20


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                           th
 Fishbourne Roman Palace                     10.00 - 3.00       Saturday 25 June 2011                  2/3




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in ancient history and is able to discuss ideas about people in the past;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions;
•    is able to co-operate happily within a team and can also work independently;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    enjoys planning and carrying out practical tasks and role-play.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    gain insight into aspects of the lives of Ancient Roman children;

•    understand how archaeologists interpret evidence from artefacts;

•    gain some understanding of the work of experimental archaeologists through practical tasks;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills especially deduction and reasoning.
Course Details:

This course offers an exciting glimpse of aspects of the lives of Roman children 2000 years ago. The pupils will be
taken ‘back in time’ to explore and experience some of the ways in which children spent their leisure time and will
have opportunities to make and use some Roman games and toys. During group work the pupils will investigate
particular aspects of play through analysis of specific artefacts from the collections, replica materials, books and
photographs. Each group will present their findings using costume, narration and role-play.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch                       Camera (optional)

 Soft drink                         Other: apron or old shirt coverall

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear

 Appropriate outer clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers – they could certainly show them how to
play the games. We hope the pupils will be inspired to find out more about children from the past as a result of the
course. We encourage all participants to visit Fishbourne again to follow up areas of interest.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. Be prepared to take a “hands-on” part in activities! (Please contact Beverly Lee or any of the Learning Team at
Fishbourne Roman Palace (Tel: 01243 785859) as soon as possible after your pupil’s place on the course has been
confirmed and at least one week prior to the course)
.

                                                 SUM11:15
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Words Through Dance
                                   SUM11:16
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Pam North and Betty Ashdown, The Education Department, Chichester
                                      Cathedral

Places available:           18


Venue                                         Time               Date                              Year
                                                                                                   Group
Chichester Cathedral                          9.30 – 12.30       Saturday 2nd July 2011            2/3


Please meet at the Education Centre, 1 St Faiths, which is located on Cathedral Green and outside the
Eastern arm of the Cloisters. PLEASE SEE MAP



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•   enjoys creativity in a variety of forms such as dance, art, poems;
•   has good literacy skills;
•   is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•   uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•   works well in a small group.
(Please note pupils do not need to have good dance skills to attend this course)




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the significance of the Chagall window;

•    be able to appreciate its content and the ideas of the poem that inspired it;

•    understand the place of works of art in a religious building;

•    be able to develop further their own creativity through dance and words.
Course Details:

The Chagall window provides the backdrop for this course, which explores the content and ideas used in the design of
the window. The pupils will learn a little about the artist and about the poem (psalm) that inspired the window.
Following discussion, the pupils will be taught a short dance on the theme of the poem. There will be the opportunity
for pupils to compose their own dance sequence. By looking at the window, listening to the words of the psalm/poem
and moving to the music, pupils will be inspired to write an individual poem or piece of descriptive prose.




Please bring:

 Suitable clothing and flat soft
 soled shoes e.g trainers (not
 ballet shoes)

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. They will be able to take their
recorded work back to show their class. Teachers may like to draw the pupil’s attention to other links between poems
and dance.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:16
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Let’s Get Going!
                                          SUM11:17
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                  4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Peter Wendes, Education Officer, British Go Association, with guest Go experts
                                       if possible

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
 The Fishbourne Centre, Fishbourne,           1.00 – 3.30        Saturday 9th July 2011                 2/3
 Chichester




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys learning new board games;
•    is a flexible and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    may be familiar with tactical games such as chess.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know the basic rules of Go;

•    understand a little about the history and cultural context of the game;

•    be able to play the basic game;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through learning some of the strategies of this new game.
Course Details:

Go is an ancient Japanese board game. It is an ideal game for challenging all pupils, but especially the very able. Go
is very creative, not just a calculating exercise like other board games. The aim of this one day course is to provide a
taster for pupils. By the end of the session pupils will have learnt the basic rules of the game. This game provides a
left/right brain activity, rich in culture and creativity.


Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and be able to demonstrate a basic
game. Schools are encouraged to develop Go as an on-going resource, for enrichment and therapeutic purposes,
and are invited to contact me (above) to discuss this. Go is an excellent opportunity for peer learning, and some
schools now include it as part of the curriculum. There is an annual UK Go Challenge for Schools, and schools might
like to plan for the 2011 Challenge.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:17
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                           SUMMER TERM 2011

                                             Into Space
                                             SUM11:18
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                     3                4           16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Dr John Mason, Astronomer at The South Downs Planetarium

Places available:           25


 Venue                                       Time               Date                            Year
                                                                                                Group
                                                                           th
 The South Downs Planetarium,                9.30 – 12.30       Saturday 16 July 2011           2/3
 Chichester




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a National Curriculum level higher than their peers in science;
•    is interested in astronomy;
•    has good speaking and listening skills;
•    is able to sit and concentrate for sustained periods;
•    enjoys problem solving and open ended questions.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the Solar System and the nature of the planets;

•    understand the place of Earth within the Galaxy;

•    be able to appreciate the uniqueness of life on Earth;

•    develop their skills of questioning and speculation.
Course Details:

The pupils will spend the morning in The South Downs Planetarium. Dr John Mason, the Astronomer at the
Planetarium, will take them on a journey through space exploring stars and planets in our solar system. The
experience of being in the darkened Planetarium is very exciting and visual but the pupils will be sitting and listening
for an extended period. The whole experience will give them a new insight into life on their own planet.


Please bring:


 Mid-session snack

 Soft drink

 Writing pad/paper

 Pens, pencils etc

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their teachers and peers. Parents might like to revisit
the Planetarium for one of their public shows.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:18
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                  The Young Philosopher’s Toolkit
                           SUM11:19
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Audrey Neate, Language Development Specialist

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                            th
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           9.30 – 12.30       Saturday 14 May 2011                   3
 Worthing




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys the challenge of dialogue, where opinions must be supported by reasons;
•    has an above average concentration span;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker with excellent listening skills;
•    has well developed interpersonal skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to search for reasons to substantiate their opinions;

•    understand how to analyse, evaluate and reflect on the opinions of other group members;

•    be able to work collaboratively to search for depth and clarity in their dialogue;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through the experience of philosophical discussion.
Course Details:

This will be a language based course, where pupils will form questions after reading a text. These questions will
initiate discussion of a philosophical nature, which will challenge and extend the pupils' thinking. Pupils need to be
confident enough to express their opinions in a group, giving reasons to support what they say.

Please bring:


 Soft drink                          Writing pad/paper

 Mid-session snack                   Other: coat

 Sketch pad

 Pens, pencils etc



PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and it is hoped that the dispositions
experienced and the skills practised will feed into the critical and creative work of the thinking classroom. Teachers
are welcome to contact Audrey about specific follow-up.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone in the Business Administration Unit, 01243 777482, one week prior to course
date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:19
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Free The Poem
                                         SUM11:20
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3               4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rachel Rooney, Poet, based in Brighton and Sonya Smith, Poet

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                            th
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           10.00 - 3.00       Saturday 14 May 2011                  3
 Worthing


* Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    displays creativity in writing, either poetry or song writing;
•    shows an aptitude for word play and a willingness to stretch their imagination;
•    enjoys playing with ideas, challenging the status quo, is a creative thinker and able to work independently;
•    demonstrates an openness to experimenting in the mechanics of writing, as well as a curiosity in reading.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how a poem is constructed;

•    understand that poems come from a variety of sources;

•    be able to adopt different poetic voices to achieve an effect;

•    develop further their own personal style and have the courage to experiment with language and think in new
     ways.
Course Details:

This course, led by two published poets, provides a stimulating experience for all pupils who love writing. During the
session pupils will take part in a series of exercises aimed at showing different aspects of the creative process, for
example, monologue, the importance of concrete description as opposed to abstraction and the use of fiction to show
truth. Pupils will be encouraged to experiment, think laterally, to share their work, to learn how to select their own most
successful work and to appreciate the importance of drafting. Most of all, they will be encouraged to appreciate that
poetry is fun and relies not on high academic achievement (i.e. there are no clearly defined right and wrong ways of
writing) but on communicating a new way of seeing.
Writing poetry encourages pupils to make connections between images and ideas, to explore questions and find
creative answers to those questions. They are encouraged to challenge received language, and therefore thought,
and make decisions about their creative solutions. These skills can be explored and engaged in different ways within
every age group.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack
 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. Where possible, schools could
support or establish poetry clubs or networks of young poets who have either attended the sessions, or who are
interested in writing.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:20
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                             Mighty Mathematicians!
                                   SUM11:21
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Libbi Cooper and Julia Brough, The Education Department, Chichester
                                      Cathedral

Places available:           18


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                Year
                                                                                                     Group
                                                                            th
 Chichester Cathedral*                        9.30 – 12.30       Saturday 18 June 2011               3


*Please meet at the Education Centre, 1 St Faiths, which is located on Cathedral Green and outside the
Eastern arm of the Cloisters. PLEASE SEE MAP



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to describe the properties of common 3D and 2D shapes;
•    has begun to use everyday non-standard units of measurement;
•    can use simple tables to record findings;
•    enjoys problem solving;
•    discusses their work using mathematical language (age appropriate);
•    can work co-operatively.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    gain further experience of collecting data and presenting findings in a table or chart;

•    understand and appreciate the use of 2D and 3D shapes in the Cathedral;

•    develop their measuring skills through practical tasks;

•    develop further their higher order observational and thinking skills.
Course Details:

Chichester Cathedral provides the backdrop for practical experiences in measurement, data handling and the
recognition of 2D and 3D shapes. The pupils will tour the Cathedral measuring, exploring and discovering different
shapes and artefacts. Following discussion the pupils will engage in adult led activities where they will use their
findings and measuring skills to make a simple model, probably based on the Cathedral’s own beautiful font. Pupils
will also construct their own table/graph to represent some of the information they collected in their discoveries earlier
in the Cathedral. Teachers might like to note that the session will conclude with exploration of the pupils’ progression
in skills and understanding through self-assessment.


Please bring:


 Mid-session snack

 Soft drink

 Centimetre ruler

 Soft drink

 Clipboard

 Shirt or Overall

 Stout footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:21
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Wetland Detectives
                                       SUM11:22
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                    3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Education Department, Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust

Places available:            20


Venue                                          Time                 Date                                       Year
                                                                                                               Group
                                                                               th
Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust, Arundel             10.00 – 3.00         Saturday 18 June 2011                          3


NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than the average for their year group in science;
•    shows a keen interest in the environment;
•    understands how humans can have a positive and negative effect upon that environment;
•    enjoys being outdoors and exploring the world around them;
•    shows high level emotional intelligence in regards to the value of all life forms;
•    can think at higher levels such as analysing, speculating and providing explanations;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how the diversity of life depends upon wetlands by observing at first hand a variety of species;

•    understand how organisms differ between habitats and are adapted to suit these environments;

•    be able to think critically about why certain organisms live in certain habitats;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysis and justifying the importance of wetland conservation.




Course Details:

Pupils will explore and engage with the incredible world of a healthy wetland! They will discover the diversity of life that
lives both above and below the water and the importance of wetlands for the environment as a whole. Focusing on
insects, the pupils will get up close and personal to the amazing creatures that live under the water of our ponds, in
the long grass meadows and even in our maturing log piles. As our wetland detectives, equipped with nets and
magnifying glasses, they will embark on a mission to solve the mystery of why some creatures live in water while
others don’t. Most importantly pupils will have a fantastic day!


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Waterproof Clothing

 Soft drink                          Camera (optional)

 Mid-session snack                   Other: suitable outdoor clothing for
                                     time of year and weather on the day

 Pens, pencils etc

 Stout Footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and for the family to visit other wetland
sites such as Amberley Wild Brooks and RSPB Pulborough Brooks to compare and contrast different wetland sites
and their wildlife.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:22
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

           Creativity And Fun With World Rhythms!
                          SUM11:23
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher

Places available:             16


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group

    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 18th June 2011                   3

*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:


•      must be able to keep a steady beat – non negotiable!
•      is self-disciplined and self-aware for their age;
•      is able to work in pairs and as part of a group for diverse musical activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different strokes
       and/or enjoy vocalization (singing, recitation and vocal improvisation – but not involving harmony or melody);
•      has a keen interest in rhythm and drumming;
•      may be competent on another instrument, showing a flair for improvisation and accommodation/transposition of
       other musical ideas or structures into their playing;
•      may have both mathematical and/or linguistic skills as opposed to evident musical skills or have a keen interest in
       rhythm and drumming, and would enjoy exposure to a completely new musical experience.

IMPORTANT: Pupils are not required to be able to read music, or understand a Western musical notation and
these workshops are not just for boys!


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

       •    learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
            relevance with Western music;

       •    experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and as
            part of a group;

       •    experience a very different and multi-faceted process of learning, broadly an Eastern model involving
            copying and repetition, internalization of pulse and repertoire;

       •    be able to play and recite tabla phrases, both over a beat and within a cyclical structure;

       •    develop their creativity at their own pace through both improvisation and group participation.
Course Details:

Tabla is a sophisticated and versatile form of drumming, increasingly used in a wide range of contemporary Western
music, especially where evocative sounds and improvisation are needed. These enjoyable and participatory
workshops offer both an introduction to classical tabla and, significantly, new ideas and approaches for transferring its
recited language to other percussion instruments and drums. There will be much hands-on playing, and everyone will
be part of an exciting multi-layered ensemble. (Parents and family members are invited to be part of the end of the
session for a short presentation and performance).

Please note that these workshops are not only for musicians! There will be many young people who have a
previously unrecognised or unfulfilled predisposition for enjoying this type of creativity and experience.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Comfortable clothing for sitting on
                                      floor (ideally no football shirts)

 Water                                Other: cushion

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents, pupils, and teachers are invited to contact the tutor or access his website: Steve Morley, 01273 245939.
Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their peer group.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:23
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

                                        Ship’s Surgeon
                                          SUM11:24
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                      4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Edwina Livesey, Education Officer, Marlipins Museum

Places available:            15


 Venue                                        Time                Date                                     Year
                                                                                                           Group
                                                                             nd
 Marlipins Museum, Shoreham                   10.00 – 1.00        Saturday 2      July 2011                3




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to interact well with pupils and adults whom they have not met before;
•    has outstanding ability in history;
•    demonstrates speaking and listening skills at a level beyond their peers;
•    has a sophisticated understanding of chronology;
•    shows a keen interest in learning from objects and is able to discuss ideas about their meanings;
•    enjoys experimental learning;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about medicine and surgery at sea in the 18th Century;

•    understand how we can use objects to learn about the past;

•    be able to imagine and articulate what life was like at sea in the past;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through analysis, interpretation and justifying opinions.




Course Details:
This highly interactive, hands on session uses our collection of 18th century naval surgeon’s equipment to explore the
gruesome realities of life at sea in the past. Trepanning (brain surgery!), amputation, tooth extraction and boil-lancing
galore! Pupils will work closely with our expert staff, using their imaginations to bring the hard evidence to life. Lots of
experimentation included, not for the faint-hearted! However staff will be sensitive to the age and maturity of the
pupils concerned.

Please bring:

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Camera (optional)

 Other: Nautical costume
 encouraged! Parts of this
 medieval building can be very
 cold so warm clothing is
 essential.

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and will be provided with ideas for
further research.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:24
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                              Faux Batik
                                              SUM11:25
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                      3                 4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Su Cloud, Ceramicist and Art Teacher

Places available:           15


 Venue                                        Time                Date                                Year
                                                                                                      Group
                                                                           nd
 West Dean College, Chichester                10.00 – 3.00        Saturday 2    July 2011             3


N.B. As the pupils will go outside during their lunch break, please make sure they have suitable outer
clothing for the weather on the day.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has outstanding ability in art and design;
•    is an imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    is familiar with colour mixing;
•    shows a keen interest in art and design.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about resourcing ideas;

•    understand how to transfer a design on to fabric;

•    be able to use a variety of new techniques;

•    develop the initial idea by adding detail and texture.




Course Details:
Pupils will learn how a textile artist works. Gaining inspiration from other artists, they will sketch a design onto paper
and outline the image. They will then trace the design onto calico either using wax or paste. They will evaluate their
results and decide where to fill with colour or leave. The pupils will be experimenting with wet on wet technique using
fabric dyes.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                           Other: Old shirt, apron

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

This could be extended as a class activity and all the designs put together to make a patchwork wall hanging.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:25
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                     SUMMER TERM 2011

                                      Building A Castle
                                         SUM11:26
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                    3                     4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Lynn Gayford, Education Officer, Lewes Castle and Anne Of Cleves House

Places available:            16


 Venue                                         Time               Date                                     Year
                                                                                                           Group
                                                                              nd
 Lewes Castle                                  10.00-12.30        Saturday 2       July 2011                  3




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to work well with pupils whom they have not met before;
•    has outstanding imagination;
•    shows a keen interest in the past and its peoples and is able to discuss ideas about what life was like in the past;
•    enjoys using their imagination and exploring new places;
•    shows a keen interest in experimenting and testing materials;
•    enjoys making things;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the use of primary sources of evidence, Medieval castles, their architecture and associated
     artefacts;

•    have explored materials and their properties through sorting, testing and construction;

•    be able to use primary sources and their imaginations to generate ideas about the past;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by considering the value of and interpreting different forms of
     evidence;

•    develop skills of analysis through experiments and activities with different materials;

•    understand the use of different materials and their suitability for different functions.
Course Details:

During this course pupils will investigate materials used in medieval castles. They will handle medieval artefacts and
look at how they were used in construction of the Castle. They will carry out tests and experiments exploring
materials, structures and castles. They will look around the Castle for evidence and use their imaginations to bring it
to life. Pupils will take part in lots of hands on activities. Some of the morning may be outside so please bring
suitable clothes.


Please bring:

 Soft drink                          Camera (if desired)

 Mid-session snack                   Clothing suitable for the time of year
                                     and weather on the day

 Stout Footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to visit other medieval sites to find
out more. Pupils will bring some things home to help with discussion.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:26
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                 Science Challenges
                                     SUM11:27
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                 4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Joan Thomas and Cynthia Leslie, The Education Department, Chichester
                                      Cathedral

Places available:           18


 Venue                                        Time              Date                                     Year
                                                                                                         Group
 Chichester Cathedral*                        9.30 – 12.30      Saturday 7th May 2011                    3/4


*Please meet at the Education Centre, 1 St Faiths, which is located on Cathedral Green and outside the
Eastern arm of the Cloisters. PLEASE SEE MAP


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    can demonstrate the skills knowledge and understanding of science at level 3 or above;
•    enjoys a cross curricular approach;
•    is able to communicate ideas clearly;
•    can apply their existing knowledge in a variety of settings;
•    can make clear records of their findings;
•    can work co-operatively.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    understand more of the scientific concept of forces;

•    be able to understand the role of forces in the strong shapes within the Cathedral;

•    know how to make accurate drawings through focused observations;

•    develop their higher order thinking skills through discussion and the practical application of ideas.
Course Details:

The focus of the morning is on thinking and testing scientific ideas about forces, making detailed observations and
varied records. The Cathedral building and its environs provide the backdrop for this course. Whilst exploring the
Cathedral with a pictorial trail, the pupils will reflect on the role of forces in building large structures. In the education
centre, the pupils will investigate strong shapes and be presented with challenges applying the ideas encountered.

In the second part of the morning, the focus will move to observation of forces in action. The pupils will explore the
flight of a variety of objects and make records of their flight paths. The session will end with a discussion of the
concept of forces based on the changes the pupils have made in their thinking.

Please bring:

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers. Teachers may like to draw on one
of the challenges in their own classroom

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                     SUM11:27
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Plants And Potions
                                       SUM11:28
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Lynn Gayford, Education Officer, Lewes Castle and Anne of Cleves House

Places available:           16


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                            th
 Anne of Cleves House, Lewes                  10.00 – 12.30      Saturday 14 May 2011                    3/4




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to work well with pupils whom they have not met before;
•    has an outstanding imagination;
•    enjoys using their imagination and exploring new places;
•    has an interest in science and the natural world;
•    shows a keen interest in the past and people’s lives and homes in previous centuries;
•    is an imaginative thinker;
•    enjoys exploring the natural world
•    is able to interact with others as well as working independently;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about what plants can be used for;

•    be able to identify some plants and their properties;

•    use primary sources to generate ideas about the past;

•    understand the reasons for colours and scents in plants.
Course Details:

During this multi-sensory activity, pupils will work in a Tudor House and garden. They will look at how people have
used plants in the past. They will look at herbs that have been used in medicine and plants that have been used for
dyeing. They will take part in hands on activities exploring colour and scent.


Please bring:


 Soft drink

 Mid session snack

 An old apron or shirt (if desired)

 Stout footwear

 Warm and waterproof clothing:
 Please note the house can be
 very cold so please bring
 warm clothes

 Camera (if desired)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:28
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

               Beneath Our Feet – Soils And Rocks
                           SUM11:29
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                  3                   4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Jacky Day, Education Officer at RSPB Pulborough Brooks

Places available:           20


 Venue                                       Time              Date                                  Year
                                                                                                     Group
                                                                          st
 Pulborough Brooks, RSPB Nature              10.00 – 2.30      Saturday 21 May 2011                  3/4
 Reserve



NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in the natural world, science and geography;
•    enjoys being outdoors;
•    is able to work in a group;
•    is able to consider “why” and make reasoned predictions;
•    likes to investigate by collecting data and then using data to draw conclusions.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to investigate soil types with the wonderful environment of a nature reserve in the background;

•    be able to identify some common rock samples;

•    understand how to use simple but effective equipment to take measurements;

•    gain hands on experience of working in a team to gather data and pool results;

•    be able to evaluate the accuracy of their recordings;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysing observations made and making predictions, and
     proposing further ways of collecting data.
Course Details:

This course will explore the different types of soil on our Nature Reserve. The pupils will examine some samples of
rock. They will then discuss the objectives of the day lead by the tutor: why and how to investigate soil types. The
pupils will then collect the equipment necessary for their planned observations and will carry out their first set of data
collection, making observations about the surroundings. The readings are recorded by each group.

The pupils will remain out on the Reserve for the rest of the activities and lunchtime, repeating their soil
measurements and recording their data. Throughout the day the pupils will be encouraged to share their observations
with the group as they walk around the Nature Reserve. They will work independently, in pairs and small groups. The
last activity of the day is in the classroom where the pupils look at a prepared sample of soil that is sieved into particle
size for analysis. They can then make observations on particle size and then make reasoned conclusions about
recordings from soil samples and infiltration tests. The experience of visiting Pulborough Brooks Nature Reserve aims
to inspire care and respect for all living things as well as promoting an understanding of rocks and soils.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch (preferably in a         Camera, binoculars (optional)
 school bag or rucksack)

 Soft drink                            Stout Footwear – Wellington boots,
                                       walking boots or trainers

 Waterproof Clothing

 Other: suitable clothing for the
 time of year and weather on
 the day e.g sun hat

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents, take these activities into the school
grounds and share them with their class.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:29
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                    Neighbourhood Garden Watch!
                             SUM11:30
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Dr Barbara Pilley Shaw, Sussex Wildlife Trust and Nicky Hawkins, Palatine
                                     Primary School

Places available:           16



 Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Palatine Primary School, Worthing           10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 21st May 2011                  3/4


N.B. Pupils from mainstream schools will be working alongside pupils from Palatine Special School.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is happy to mix well with others, including special needs children;
•    likes to have fun together;
•    has an awareness of citizenship;
•    is willing to try new ways of learning in an outdoor classroom;
•    is a creative and imaginative participator;
•    has a lively interest in discovering the natural world and wildlife gardening;
•    is keen to develop social/citizenship skills such as reflecting, including, empathising and sharing ideas;
•    is ready to embrace a challenge.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    learn how to empathise more fully with peers and others with different and varied needs;

•    understand more about our dependence on the living world for food and survival;

•    have discovered some of the fascinating and priceless wildlife in our gardens;

•    have developed an enthusiasm for gardening at home and in school;

•    be able to pass on wildlife gardening ideas to family and the school community.
Course Details:

Pupils will be working in small groups with plenty of adult assistance throughout. The day will begin with Toys are Us!
 By sorting through a selection of animal toys they will decide whether they will then go in search of some Bug Life via
a journey around the sensory garden.

After a wildlife picnic lunch everyone will be off to explore Palatine’s Ponds and some wetland wildlife. Through
looking at ‘what eats what’ they will discover the importance of managing food chains so as not to favour damaging
invaders. Simple food chains will be expressed as group art and left for others to discover in the school grounds.

There will be an opportunity to take home ‘sow and grow’ flower seeds that will encourage pollinating honey bees into
gardens and school grounds.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Stout Footwear and waterproof
 clothing

 Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to transfer their ideas and new
skills to help develop their own school grounds and home gardens. Worthing Special Schools, Palatine Primary
School, and Oak Grove College are community hubs for gardening activities. Pupils and their families are invited to
revisit on Garden Open Days when these schools are open to the public. School groups can also visit and use
Palatine School Grounds by appointment (Tel. 01903 242835)


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:30
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

               Useful Trees And Clever Creatures
                           SUM11:31
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                 4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Sarah Stewart, Education Officer, Goodwood Estate

Places available:           16


 Venue                                       Time                Date                                    Year Group
                                                                            st
 Seeley Copse, Home Farm, Goodwood           10.30 – 2.30        Saturday 21 May 2011                    3/4


NB       As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have adequate outdoor clothing.
 If the weather is forecast to be particularly windy, please ring up the day before on 01243 755157, or on
07966 681804, to check in case of cancellation.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a particular interest in the natural environment;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in science;
•    is able to work co-operatively and communicate well in a group;
•    is able to use careful observations to reach conclusions, can analyse and think creatively;
•    enjoys being out of doors;
•    is able to work independently and in groups;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    have a greater appreciation of the usefulness of trees;

•    know and understand some ecological terms e.g. native, habitat, niche, diversity and competition;

•    understand that plants and wildlife have adapted over time to their own particular habitat and are part of a
     complex web;

•    be able to use a key to identify trees and invertebrates;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by speculating on their observations to provide evaluative
     explanations.
Course Details:

Seeley Copse is a small area of ancient woodland, where pupils will explore the variety of life found in this habitat.
Following an introduction, pupils will explore a tree trail to discover more about these large organisms. Pupils will learn
to identify a range of trees and investigate the ways trees and other woodland species adapt to their surroundings and
can be managed by man. Using various fieldwork techniques, the pupils will work in groups to collect and identify
small creatures, then present their findings to the rest of the group. The place of invertebrates in food chains and
webs will be explored, and the importance of diversity in a woodland habitat considered.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Waterproof Clothing

 Soft drink                            Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                     Other: suitable clothing for the time
                                       of year and weather on the day

 Pens, pencils etc

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and may like to investigate the wildlife
value of the trees in their gardens or school grounds.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:31
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                             Tudor Bread And Butter
                                   SUM11:32
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Lynn Gayford, Education Officer, Lewes Castle and Anne Of Cleves House

Places available:            16


 Venue                                        Time                Date                                     Year
                                                                                                           Group
                                                                             th
 Anne Of Cleves House, Lewes                  10.00-12.30         Saturday 11 June 2011                    3/4




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to work well with pupils whom they have not met before;
•    has outstanding imagination;
•    shows a keen interest in the past and its peoples and is able to discuss ideas about what life was like in the past;
•    enjoys using their imagination and exploring new places;
•    is familiar with the idea that peoples’ lives and homes were different in the past;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    has a good understanding of science and materials;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the use of primary sources of evidence, daily life in Tudor times and associated artefacts;

•    understand and explore some Tudor food-making processes;

•    be able to use primary sources and their imaginations to generate ideas about the past and comparisons with the
     present;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by considering the value of and interpreting different forms of
     evidence.
Course Details:

During this active session pupils will gain an appreciation of what life was like for people living in a Tudor House.
What did rich/poor Tudors eat? How did they store and prepare their food? How did they cook and serve food? They
will investigate materials and equipment used in the kitchen.

They will be involved in some practical activities such as butter and bread making, gathering herbs and grinding
spices.

Please bring:

 Soft drink                          Camera (if desired)

 Mid-session snack                   Warm Clothing

 Stout Footwear                      An old apron or shirt

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to visit other Tudor sites to find out
more.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:32
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                             SUMMER TERM 2011

                             Mathemagical Mapping
                                  SUM11:33
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                  3                   4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Derry Richardson Leading MathematicsTeacher, Ferring C.E Primary School

Places available:           30


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                 Year
                                                                                                     Group
                                                                           th
 Ferring C.E Primary School                  9.30 – 12.00       Saturday 18 June 2011                3/4




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in coordinates, maps and direction;
•    enjoys challenges and working in a team;
•    is familiar with coordinates and directions, has a knowledge of x and y axis;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to draw and read maps;

•    understand the importance of x and y axis;

•    be able to contribute their knowledge to a group;

•    as part of a team, have created their own treasure hunt using directional language and grid references;

•    have gained an understanding of the relationship between compass points, fractions and angles.
Course Details:

This course will explore the interesting world of maps, gaining fascinating insights into how to read, design and use
maps and coordinates. Pupils will learn how to read coordinates and be encouraged to design their own treasure hunt
based on grid references of the environment and directional language.

They will attempt to solve problems, discuss ideas, question their own work and put into practice what they have
learnt when they attempt each others’ treasure hunts.

Working in teams pupils will design and produce their treasure hunt, a mystery map and feed back to the whole group
on their discoveries and efforts.

The emphasis on this course is to have fun, meet likeminded pupils and achieve together in a task.


Please bring:

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Camera (optional)

 Waterproof clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and even demonstrate to their class the
work that they have done. It would be good to encourage the pupils to make links between their compass work,
fractions and angles (looking at a circle). The mystery map game can be adapted for any topic and used in
geography, please feel free to ask for more details.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:33
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Harbour Habitats
                                         SUM11:34
                                                       KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                    3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Ruth Street, Field Studies Teacher, Chichester Harbour Conservancy, Dell
                                       Quay Education Centre

Places available:            16


 Venue                                          Time               Date                                       Year
                                                                                                              Group
 Dell Quay, Chichester Harbour                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 25th June 2011                    3/4


NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing,
          and waterproof footwear.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in species and their habitats;
•    enjoys exploring the environment;
•    is able to carry out their own research using various sources to find out about the life cycles of species that live in
     the harbour;
•    is able to evaluate their findings and suggest links between an animal’s adaptations and its habitat;
•    is able to present their findings to the rest of the group;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the species that live on the shoreline;

•    understand the relationships between species and habitats;

•    be able to undertake their own piece of research;

•    be able to think about why things are the way they are;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by taking part in discussion.




Course Details:
Following an introduction, the pupils will spend some time investigating the fascinating world of the inter-tidal shoreline
habitat and the plants and animals that live there. They will identify the species and be encouraged to make
observations and ask questions about the relationship between species and their environment. They will then come
back to the classroom and do some individual research about a species of their choice, looking at adaptations which
enable it to survive. They will then present their findings to the group.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Camera (optional)

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear - Wellingtons

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and bring either or both down to the
harbour to investigate diverse species and habitats for themselves. It would be helpful if pupils looked at the
Chichester Harbour Conservancy Education website before they came on the day. The pages on species and
habitats would be particularly useful.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:34
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

     Alice In Wonderland – Explorations Through
                 Drama And Literacy
                     SUM11:35
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Jerome Monahan MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:             25


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                           Group
    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 25th June 2011                   3/4


*           Parents are warmly invited to a short presentation by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish.

N.B. This workshop will suit pupils who enjoy drama and are willing to participate and speak out in pairs,
and as part of smaller and whole-workshop group activities. Pupils must ask themselves carefully if this is
for them, as it will be a very tough day for those that are painfully shy, do not like drama or find it hard
collaborating with people they have just met. For those that can cope with these demands – the day should
be a delight!


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is willing to experiment with new material;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      enjoys drama and will confidently participate in a performance;
•      enjoys art and history;
•      has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•      enjoys working in groups as well as independently;
•      enjoys using literature as a spring-board for their own creativity;
•      can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
       evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•      has high level speaking and listening skills;
•      has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.

Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      have enriched their understanding of Alice In Wonderland by taking part in a series of workshop
       games/activities;

•      perform (and even learn) lines, speeches and scenes drawn from Alice In Wonderland;

•      be able to use Alice In Wonderland as a spring-board for writing their own rich imagistic or metamorphic
       prose or poetry;

•      explore and examine some of the idioms (and slang) apparent in this and other examples of Victorian
       children’s literature;

•      consider the cultural ripples created by Alice In Wonderland – most especially, it’s frequent adaptation by
       filmmakers and in art;

•      begin to place Alice In Wonderland in a broader and artistic context.
Course Details:

‘And what is the use of a book,’ thought Alice, ‘without pictures or conversation?’

There will be little chance of spending time without pictures or conversation at this workshop exploring one of the
classics of literature: Alice In Wonderland. Here is an opportunity for pupils to enter Wonderland; exploring it though
drama, art, film, prose and poetry. Carroll’s novel is one of the greatest and most influential works of modern Western
literature and through this active day-long workshop pupils will have a chance to explore some of its main incidents
and themes and puzzles.

It is a tale of journeys, dreams and strange encounters. The workshop will be based on the original text and involve
pupils in a succession of active, drama-based tasks that will bring them directly into the key incidents of the tale and
also its rich language. This is a chance to give pupils a creative, stimulating grounding in the story and its cultural
impact.

Outline of the day:

    •    background to Alice – its history explored in an active manner;
    •    speaking Alice – work based on scripts derived from the book;
    •    exploring narrative through Alice – how the novel contains and disrupts the classic ingredients of a ‘journey’
         narrative and also the power of some of its motifs such as the notion of the tantalising ‘garden’ from which
         the heroine remains excluded for much of the novel;
    •    Alice in Wonderland and changing attitudes to childhood;
    •    Alice in art – surrealism and its fascination with dreams;
    •    surreal and parlour games explored as a means of opening up Alice in Wonderland. For example, pupils
         may be asked to come up with their own lunatic dance steps to rival the Lobster Quadrille.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of
what each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.

In the short term the workshop will give pupils a head start in terms of their knowledge and understanding of one
of the key literary works in Western culture.

Pupils will be encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and throughout the day they will
be learning approaches and ideas that will be entirely transferable to other plays and poetry.

The day will also include an element of art appreciation and clearly this can be developed by parents and schools
through visits to galleries and museums.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:35
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

                                            Ugly Bug Ball
                                             SUM11:36
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                   3                   4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Philip Haskell, Weald Countryside Education Officer, Buchan Country Park, and
                                       Veronica Reed, WSCC and Sussex Wildlife Trust Countryside Field Tutor

Places available:            20


 Venue                                         Time                Date                                Year
                                                                                                       Group
 Countryside Centre, Buchan Country            10.00 – 1.00        Saturday 2nd July 2011              3/4
 Park, Crawley


NB        As most of the morning will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor
          clothing.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to demonstrate effective listening skills and is able to follow instructions;
•    shows a keen interest in the natural world;
•    enjoys working outside;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    has not previously attended this course.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the world of insects;

•    understand how these insects adapt to different environments;

•    be able to use a variety of techniques and equipment to investigate the habitats where these creatures live;

•    develop their higher order thinking skills through problem solving and open ended questions.
Course Details:

This course will explore the fascinating world of insects, offering pupils the opportunity to gain an insight into the
variety of different insects and bugs that can be found in different habitats. Pupils will be offered the chance to
explore the woodland, heath and the pond using a variety of surveying methods and equipment to discover who lives
where. They will be introduced to the use of different identification and recording methods, including the use of I.D.
keys. They will get a chance to create their own habitat map indicating the location of the different invertebrates that
they find.

They will be asked to consider how the different insects and bugs that they find adapt to these three different habitats.
 They will learn about life cycles and food chains. The work that they will do will be a mixture of independent and
group work.

The learning will take place through fun activities!


Please bring:


 Mid-session snack                    Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                           Stout Footwear

 Writing pad/paper                    Waterproof Clothing

 Sketch pad                           Camera (optional)

                                      Other: This is a predominantly
                                      outdoor “hands-on” course and will
                                      take place outside whatever the
                                      weather, so appropriate outdoor
                                      clothing (including long trousers and
                                      sun hat), footwear, and sun screen,
                                      for example is essential.

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents. They should also be encouraged,
with adult help, to explore and discover the diversity of insects and associated habitats within their school grounds
and local environment.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration on 01243 777482, one week prior to course
date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:36
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                        String And Dance Academy
                                SUM11:37
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Professor Andrew Bernardi with Professors Nic Pendlebury, Head of Strings
                                      Trinity Laban College of Music and Dance, Malcom Singer, Director Yehudi
                                      Menuhin School, Victoria Rawlins and Daniel James, tutors at Junior Trinity
                                      Laban, Justine Reeves, Ballet Rambert Choreographer and Nick Allen, String
                                      Quartet tutor

Places available:            70


 Venue                                         Time               Date                              Year
                                                                                                    Group
 The Malden Theatre, Windlesham                11.00 – 4.30       Sunday 1st May 2011               Year 3
 House, Washington                                                                                  upwards
                                                                  AND
                                               11.00 – concert    Monday 2nd May 2011
 PLEASE USE APPLICATION                        at 6.30pm
                                                                  AND
 FORM C WHEN APPLYING FOR
                                                                  Sunday 3rd July 2011 TBC
 THIS COURSE                                   11.00 – 4.30




NB        This course has three sessions. Pupils are encouraged to attend all three and schools will be charged
          for three sessions for each accepted place.

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is either a bowed string player or dancer;
•    has considerable ensemble experience and is able to sight read music to a grade 3/4 standard;
•    demonstrates the ability to work with others towards a performance, providing constructive comments and
     support for other players and dancers;
•    shows a keen interest in learning to play new pieces and develop a dance performance;
•    is able to discuss ideas about how to interpret the composer’s or choreographer’s intentions;
•    enjoys intensive rehearsals that provide challenge and test social skills;
•    is committed to working at a high level of musicianship;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, providing evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.

Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    understand more deeply the pleasure derived from playing or dancing in a collaborative performance;

•    be able to extend their skills by working along side experts;

•    know how to create an exciting performance;

•    develop their higher order thinking skills through creativity.
Course Details:

The course is structured so that the dancers and string players will develop their performances separately and
alongside each other leading to a combined performance. Music and Dance repertoire will include traditional and new
forms. Pupils will have the opportunity to record or video performance as part of course work for GCSE, AS and A
level with the prior agreement of school heads of department. The course has a year or more plan and as part of that
vision the String and Dance Academy will be working together with groups including the Yehudi Menuhin School (May
2011) and also competing for a place to perform in the Royal Albert Hall in November 2011. There will be the
opportunity to improvise in all the sessions and the course concert / performance. Pupils will gain skills in
responsibility for each other in disciplined yet very creative group work. Pupils’ understanding and focus will be taken
to a higher level of enrichment. For the most ambitious and gifted the String Academy has been a place where pupils
have realised their potential and vocation. Several pupils have subsequently chosen to read music at undergraduate
level and achieved success with high level careers in music and music education.

Pupils will learn to play solo in String Quartets, Ensembles and a String Orchestra which will perform with the
Dancers. Dancers will develop originally choreographed work based on the string repertoire being performed
including newly commissioned music.

String and Dance pupils will develop their individual and collective special musical and dance based skills. They will
also gain from each other by sharing these enhanced gifts and produce a heightened level of performance through
that interaction. Pupils will receive specialist national level tuition and perform with undergraduate and postgraduate
students from the UK’s leading Music Dance Conservatoire providing unique insight into performance experience.
There will be a performance at the end of the first weekend course and subsequently at the end of each of the
individual days thereby providing continuity and an ever increasing level of attainment. Pupils will enjoy discovering
new skills and be inspired to focus their ability. Pupils’ whole families will be engaged through the end of course
performances and in between course preparation.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pencil, rubber

 Soft drink                           Instrument and music

 Mid-session snack                    camera

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to take practice music and also videos / pictures / recordings to share with their family and
teachers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:37
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Free The Poem
                                         SUM11:38
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3               4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rachel Rooney, Poet, based in Brighton and Sonya Smith, Poet

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                           th
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           10.00 - 3.00       Saturday 7 May 2011                   4
 Worthing


* Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    displays creativity in writing, either poetry or song writing;
•    shows an aptitude for word play and a willingness to stretch their imagination;
•    enjoys playing with ideas, challenging the status quo, is a creative thinker and able to work independently;
•    demonstrates an openness to experimenting in the mechanics of writing, as well as a curiosity in reading.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how a poem is constructed;

•    understand that poems come from a variety of sources;

•    be able to adopt different poetic voices to achieve an effect;

•    develop further their own personal style and have the courage to experiment with language and think in new
     ways.
Course Details:

This course, led by two published poets, provides a stimulating experience for all pupils who love writing. During the
session pupils will take part in a series of exercises aimed at showing different aspects of the creative process, for
example, monologue, the importance of concrete description as opposed to abstraction and the use of fiction to show
truth. Pupils will be encouraged to experiment, think laterally, to share their work, to learn how to select their own most
successful work and to appreciate the importance of drafting. Most of all, they will be encouraged to appreciate that
poetry is fun and relies not on high academic achievement (i.e. there are no clearly defined right and wrong ways of
writing) but on communicating a new way of seeing.
Writing poetry encourages pupils to make connections between images and ideas, to explore questions and find
creative answers to those questions. They are encouraged to challenge received language, and therefore thought,
and make decisions about their creative solutions. These skills can be explored and engaged in different ways within
every age group.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack
 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. Where possible, schools could
support or establish poetry clubs or networks of young poets who have either attended the sessions, or who are
interested in writing.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:38
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Step Back In Time
                                       SUM11:39
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Brenda Thompson, Education Officer, Arundel Castle

Places available:           24


Venue                                         Time                Date                                   Year
                                                                                                         Group
Arundel Castle                                10.30 – 3.00
                                                                             th
                                                                  Saturday 14 May 2011                   4



PARENTS PLEASE NOTE

Please enter through the main entrance in Mill Road (called Lower Lodge). You will be met by our guides.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in history and is able to discuss ideas about life in the past;
•    is able to climb many stairs;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in history;
•    enjoys drama and role play;
•    is familiar with/or shows keen interest in Heraldry;
•    has a confident and outgoing nature;
•    is an imaginative and creative thinker;
•    works well with others as well as individually;
•    has a high level of listening and speaking skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about everyday life in mediaeval times, in various roles and different levels of society;

•    understand how background knowledge/understanding is a vital component for realistic contextual and character
     development in role play/drama;

•    be able to work effectively as part of a team;

•    develop further their creative thinking skills through problem solving.
Course Details:

After some introductory ice-breakers to get to know one another, pupils will be introduced to mediaeval times through
object handling and an opportunity to explore the most ancient parts of the Castle. Throughout the tour they will be
encouraged to use their imaginations and develop an idea of what it felt like to be living in the 11th and 12th centuries.

Armed with a collection of knowledge/ideas about mediaeval daily life, for a variety of social classes, the pupils will
return to the Education Room to develop a role play scenario based on historical events at the Castle. Then, with the
use of some costumes and props, they will act out the roles they have developed in the Castle or Grounds depending
on the weather.

A break for lunch will be followed by investigating heraldry, finding out some of the heraldic terms and rules. Later
they will design their own coat of arms adhering to the heraldic rules and describe what they have made in heraldic
language.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear
 Camera (optional)

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and deepen their understanding through
background reading and visiting other historic buildings and museums, particularly those offering re-enactments.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:39
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Office Of Mysteries HQ
                                     SUM11:40
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                 4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               ‘Officer’ Louise Aplin and ‘Officer’ Sheila Carr

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                            th
 St Peter’s CEP School, Cowfold               9.30 - 12.30       Saturday 14 May 2011                    4



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has outstanding ability in problem solving;
•    demonstrates writing skills at a level beyond their peers;
•    shows a keen interest in investigations;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to apply their existing knowledge and skills to a new context;

•    understand how careful and considered thinking processes can be used to solve a number of problems and
     puzzles;

•    be able to work confidently in collaborative learning situations;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by questioning, analysing, evaluating and hypothesising.
Course Details:

Pupils will be invited to join the Office of Mysteries HQ for a morning of detective challenge.

During the actual session, groups of pupils will be working in collaboration on a fictitious, imaginary map that involves
a number of problems that have to be overcome, in order to rescue a character.

Having determined how they would conduct the rescue, pupils then work individually on a detailed report of their
mission, in the form of a six-chapter storyboard. They choose whether to use pure text, annotated illustrations, or a
mixture of both to compile their report.

The investigations provide an exciting context for pupils to apply a range of social, communication and learning skills
that captures their imagination, curiosity and commitment – and all through having fun!


Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:40
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

    Sing Out! An Introduction To Group Singing
                     SUM11:41
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                 4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Elle Osborne, Musician and Performance Artist, Brighton

Places available:           15


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                            st
 The Hub, Central Sussex College,             10.30 - 3.00       Saturday 21 May 2011                  4
 Haywards Heath




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in music and performance;
•    demonstrates a musicality at a level beyond their peers;
•    has outstanding ability in singing;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysis and interpretation of song lyrics;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker, and is able to communicate ideas with others;
•    uses high level listening and speaking skills;
•    enjoys creative team work;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort and concentration.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about folk songs, how historical/traditional themes still resonate today and about performance skills
     and presentation;

•    understand more about the creative group experience and the relationship between the singer and the song;

•    be able to sing group harmonies and interpret song text;

•    develop further their creative expression and individuality, and higher order thinking skills.




Course Details:
This course will explore the exciting possibilities of group singing. Using a selection of folk songs as our starting
material, pupils will work independently and with tutors, in small groups and as a choir, to explore song dynamics, lyric
interpretation, and creating their own harmonies. There will be an emphasis on developing individual expression as
well as technique, whilst creating the most beautiful sounds possible!




Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper
 Other: a plastic bottle of water
 NO FIZZY DRINKS / CORDIAL
 OR SUGARY SNACKS

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and to keep in touch with one another in
order to continue singing together.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:41
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                         SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Pottery Workshop
                                       SUM11:42
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                  3                  4          16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Su Cloud, Ceramicist and Art Teacher

Places available:           15


 Venue                                       Time              Date                           Year
                                                                                              Group
                                                                          st
 West Dean College, Chichester               10.00 – 3.00      Saturday 21 May 2011             4


N.B. As the pupils will go outside during their lunch break, please make sure they have suitable outer
clothing for the weather on the day.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys working with clay;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    has good listening skills and perseveres when the task becomes challenging;
•    shows a keen interest in 3D art and design.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to form a hollow shape;

•    understand the process of joining with slip;

•    be able to develop the basic shape into an individual form;

•    develop their own design.




Course Details:
The course will explore the interesting world of clay. Pupils will learn how to make pinch shapes to fit together and
make different size pots that can be used to make 3D forms.

They will design their own imaginary beast or bird on paper and then create the same in clay. Pupils will be
encouraged to experiment with the modelling tools and put into practice the techniques that will be demonstrated.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                          Other: Old shirt, apron

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

The process the pupils have learnt could be used to make any number of forms, such as fruit, pods, bottles, jars and
vases when back at school or home.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:42
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Step Back In Time
                                       SUM11:43
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Brenda Thompson, Education Officer, Arundel Castle

Places available:           24


Venue                                         Time                Date                                   Year
                                                                                                         Group
Arundel Castle                                10.30 – 3.00
                                                                             th
                                                                  Saturday 11 June 2011                  4



PARENTS PLEASE NOTE

Please enter through the main entrance in Mill Road (called Lower Lodge). You will be met by our guides.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in history and is able to discuss ideas about life in the past;
•    is able to climb many stairs;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in history;
•    enjoys drama and role play;
•    is familiar with/or shows keen interest in Heraldry;
•    has a confident and outgoing nature;
•    is an imaginative and creative thinker;
•    works well with others as well as individually;
•    has a high level of listening and speaking skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about everyday life in mediaeval times, in various roles and different levels of society;

•    understand how background knowledge/understanding is a vital component for realistic contextual and character
     development in role play/drama;

•    be able to work effectively as part of a team;

•    develop further their creative thinking skills through problem solving.
Course Details:

After some introductory ice-breakers to get to know one another, pupils will be introduced to mediaeval times through
object handling and an opportunity to explore the most ancient parts of the Castle. Throughout the tour they will be
encouraged to use their imaginations and develop an idea of what it felt like to be living in the 11th and 12th centuries.

Armed with a collection of knowledge/ideas about mediaeval daily life, for a variety of social classes, the pupils will
return to the Education Room to develop a role play scenario based on historical events at the Castle. Then, with the
use of some costumes and props, they will act out the roles they have developed in the Castle or Grounds depending
on the weather.

A break for lunch will be followed by investigating heraldry, finding out some of the heraldic terms and rules. Later
they will design their own coat of arms adhering to the heraldic rules and describe what they have made in heraldic
language.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear
 Camera (optional)

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and deepen their understanding through
background reading and visiting other historic buildings and museums, particularly those offering re-enactments.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:43
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                    Murder Mystery At Devil’s Dyke
                             SUM11:44
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4                    16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Rachel Bell and Rebecca Jennings, Saddlescombe Farm, National Trust

Places available:           15


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                            th
 National Trust, Devil’s Dyke, Brighton*      11.00 – 3.00       Saturday 11 June 2011                   4


*      Meet at the National Trust trailer near the stone seat at the car park, by the Devil’s Dyke Pub.
NOT at the farm.

NB       As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to work as part of a team as well as work independently;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in science;
•    has a basic understanding of the larger species of British fauna e.g badgers and foxes;
•    shows a keen interest in British wildlife;
•    enjoys being outdoors;
•    is familiar with using identification charts;
•    likes to solve mysteries;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about predator/ prey relationships and the role they play (if any) in the surrounding habitat;

•    understand what the difference is between a herbivore, omnivore and carnivore;

•    understand the significance of food chains in science;

•    understand how to use identification charts and recording and analysing evidence gained through the session;

•    be able to understand how to track animals by looking for signs of animal activities;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by investigation and problem solving.
Course Details:

This course will be run as a ‘Murder Mystery’ day and will explore the interesting world of predator/prey interactions
and food chains. We will be exploring the death of an animal and will trace the ‘killer’ by following and analysing clues
that are left. We will sift through the evidence and eliminate any ‘false clues’; this will introduce other native animals
into the session and we will start to discover and understand their behaviour patterns as well. We will be working in
groups to explore areas of habitat where clues can be found.

Pupils will be introduced to various tracking methods, taking plaster casts of animal prints and recording evidence.
Towards the end of the day we will come together as one group and discuss our findings.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and fellow pupils.

They will be encouraged to revisit Devil’s Dyke with family and friends and to use the National Trust Tracker Pack
which is available from the recruitment trailer.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:44
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                 Time To Think:
                            Philosophy For Children
                                   SUM11:45
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Audrey Neate, Language Development Specialist

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           9.30 –2.30         Saturday 11th June 2011                4
 Worthing




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys the challenge of dialogue, where opinions must be supported by reasons;
•    has an above average concentration span;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker with excellent listening skills;
•    has well developed interpersonal skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to search for reasons to substantiate their opinions;

•    understand how to analyse, evaluate and reflect on the opinions of other group members;

•    be able to work collaboratively to search for depth and clarity in their dialogue;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through the experience of philosophical discussion.
Course Details:

This will be a language based course, where pupils will form questions after reading a text. These questions will
initiate discussion of a philosophical nature, which will challenge and extend the pupils' thinking. Pupils need to be
confident enough to express their opinions in a group, giving reasons to support what they say.

Please bring:


 Mid-session snack                   Other: coat

 Soft drink

 Writing pad/paper

 Sketch pad

 Pens, pencils etc


PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and it is hoped that the dispositions
experienced and the skills practised will feed into the critical and creative work of the thinking classroom. Teachers
are welcome to contact Audrey about specific follow-up.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:45
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

           Creativity And Fun With World Rhythms!
                          SUM11:46
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher

Places available:             16


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group

    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 11th June 2011                   4

*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:


•      must be able to keep a steady beat – non negotiable!
•      is self-disciplined and self-aware for their age;
•      is able to work in pairs and as part of a group for diverse musical activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different strokes
       and/or enjoy vocalization (singing, recitation and vocal improvisation – but not involving harmony or melody);
•      has a keen interest in rhythm and drumming;
•      may be competent on another instrument, showing a flair for improvisation and accommodation/transposition of
       other musical ideas or structures into their playing;
•      may have both mathematical and/or linguistic skills as opposed to evident musical skills or have a keen interest in
       rhythm and drumming, and would enjoy exposure to a completely new musical experience.

IMPORTANT: Pupils are not required to be able to read music, or understand a Western musical notation and
these workshops are not just for boys!


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

       •    learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
            relevance with Western music;

       •    experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and as
            part of a group;

       •    experience a very different and multi-faceted process of learning, broadly an Eastern model involving
            copying and repetition, internalization of pulse and repertoire;

       •    be able to play and recite tabla phrases, both over a beat and within a cyclical structure;

       •    develop their creativity at their own pace through both improvisation and group participation.
Course Details:

Tabla is a sophisticated and versatile form of drumming, increasingly used in a wide range of contemporary Western
music, especially where evocative sounds and improvisation are needed. These enjoyable and participatory
workshops offer both an introduction to classical tabla and, significantly, new ideas and approaches for transferring its
recited language to other percussion instruments and drums. There will be much hands-on playing, and everyone will
be part of an exciting multi-layered ensemble. (Parents and family members are invited to be part of the end of the
session for a short presentation and performance).

Please note that these workshops are not only for musicians! There will be many young people who have a
previously unrecognised or unfulfilled predisposition for enjoying this type of creativity and experience.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Comfortable clothing for sitting on
                                      floor (ideally no football shirts)

 Water                                Other: cushion

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents, pupils, and teachers are invited to contact the tutor or access his website: Steve Morley, 01273 245939.
Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their peer group.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:46
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                 Time To Think:
                            Philosophy For Children
                                   SUM11:47
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Audrey Neate, Language Development Specialist

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           9.30 –2.30         Saturday 18th June 2011                4
 Worthing




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys the challenge of dialogue, where opinions must be supported by reasons;
•    has an above average concentration span;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker with excellent listening skills;
•    has well developed interpersonal skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to search for reasons to substantiate their opinions;

•    understand how to analyse, evaluate and reflect on the opinions of other group members;

•    be able to work collaboratively to search for depth and clarity in their dialogue;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through the experience of philosophical discussion.
Course Details:

This will be a language based course, where pupils will form questions after reading a text. These questions will
initiate discussion of a philosophical nature, which will challenge and extend the pupils' thinking. Pupils need to be
confident enough to express their opinions in a group, giving reasons to support what they say.

Please bring:


 Mid-session snack                   Other: coat

 Soft drink

 Writing pad/paper

 Sketch pad

 Pens, pencils etc


PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and it is hoped that the dispositions
experienced and the skills practised will feed into the critical and creative work of the thinking classroom. Teachers
are welcome to contact Audrey about specific follow-up.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:47
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Ugly Bug Safari
                                         SUM11:48
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                    3                 4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rachel Bell and Rebecca Jennings, Saddlescombe Farm, National Trust

Places available:           15


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                           th
 National Trust, Devil’s Dyke, Brighton*     1.00 – 4.00        Saturday 25 June 2011                  4


*      Meet at the National Trust trailer near the stone seat at the car park, by the Devil’s Dyke Pub.
NOT at the farm.

NB       As the afternoon will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working towards National Curriculum level 4 in science;
•    has an understanding of Binary Keys;
•    shows a keen interest in wildlife and the environment;
•    is able to plan and carry out scientific investigations;
•    is able to discuss ideas about conserving habitats;
•    is able to interact with others and can work in small groups;
•    enjoys being outdoors.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know that chalk grassland is a very diverse habitat and is home to an astonishing variety of plants and insects;

•    know the names of key insects found on the South Downs and their life processes;

•    understand more about the relationship between plants and insects;

•    understand that changes in a habitat can threaten certain species of insects and that humans have a role in both
     the destruction and conservation of habitats;

•    be able to plan and carry out a scientific investigation to determine whether grassland is more diverse than
     scrubland;

•    develop further their knowledge of life processes and the role humans have in protecting the environment.
Course Details:

This course will explore the fascinating world of insects and bugs at one of the most diverse sites in the country.
Pupils will be introduced to the concept of semi natural habitats (ie. man made), their differences in diversity and their
management.

Working in small teams pupils will set up an experiment using nets, bug catchers and data sheets to ascertain which
habitat is best for wildlife – chalk downland or scub.

The ecology of the insects found will be discussed and from here the pupils will speculate on how to look after Devil’s
Dyke for its wildlife using maps, the data they have gathered and any other evidence they discover during the day.


Please bring:

 Soft drink                           Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                    Waterproof Clothing

 Camera (optional)

 Writing pad/paper
 Other suitable clothing for the
 time of year and weather on
 the day

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experience of Devil’s Dyke with friends/family and fellow pupils and teachers.
They will also be encouraged to visit Devil’s Dyke with their families to use the National Trust “Tracker Pack” – a
series of self guided activities which tell the story of the history of Devil’s Dyke and its wildlife.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:48
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                            SUMMER TERM 2011

                                             Blast Off!
                                             SUM11:49
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                     3                4           16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Dr John Mason, Astronomer at The South Downs Planetarium

Places available:           30


 Venue                                       Time               Date                            Year
                                                                                                Group
                                                                          th
 The South Downs Planetarium,                9.30 - 12.30       Saturday 7 May 2011             4/5
 Chichester




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a National Curriculum level higher than their peers in science;
•    shows a keen interest in astronomy;
•    has good communication skills;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, justifying and speculating.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the Solar System and the nature of the planets;

•    understand the place of Earth within the Galaxy;

•    be able to appreciate the uniqueness of life on Earth;

•    develop their skills of questioning and speculation.




Course Details:
The course is based at the South Downs Planetarium. During the morning the pupils will experience a journey
through space. They will explore star nurseries and fly across the hostile surfaces of other planets in the solar
system. They will be able to observe the movements of the stars bringing the Universe to life.



Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and make use of their newly acquired
knowledge to study the stars.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:49
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                              Anne Frank
                                              SUM11:50
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                  4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Joan Thomas and Liz Longden, The Education Department, Chichester
                                        Cathedral

Places available:             18


    Venue                                       Time                  Date                               Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                                 th
    Chichester Cathedral*                       9.30 – 12.30*         Saturday 14 May 2011               4/5


Please meet at the Education Centre, 1 St Faiths, which is located on Cathedral Green and outside the
Eastern arm of the Cloisters. PLEASE SEE MAP


*           Parents are warmly invited to join the group at 12.15pm for a 12.30 finish, to hear some of the work the
            pupils have written.

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      can speak audibly and clearly;
•      is adaptable in unfamiliar contexts beyond the classroom;
•      can use imagination to convey ideas and arguments;
•      responds to others, taking into account what they say;
•      can deal politely with opposing points of view and enable discussion to move on.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      have considered the difference between the views of an individual and of the community;

•      be involved in an event and activities that inspire reading;

•      be able to use speaking and listening to develop their reading and writing in a context beyond the classroom;

•      be able to reflect on the issues of right and wrong, imprisonment and freedom;

•      understand how to present orally to different audiences in informal and formal contexts.




Course Details:
Chichester Cathedral provides the reflective context for this course in which there will be time for contemplation of
significant issues. The session will begin with a short tour of the Cathedral with a focus on the WWII theme
associated with the Feibusch painting in the Baptistry.

In the Education Annexe the story of Anne Frank will be told through diary extracts. The pupils will discuss the key
issues of Anne’s story before writing notes from a WWII perspective to place in the Cathedral and share with each
other.

The pupils will have the privilege of moving to the Bishop’s Chapel where music and candlelight will allow an
atmosphere for creative writing on the topic of imprisonment. Having made records of their thoughts, the pupils’ ideas
will be shared. Using their own work or extracts from the texts provided, the pupils will rehearse reading aloud.

Parents and accompanying adults will be invited into the Bishop’s Chapel before the close of the session to hear each
pupil read.


Please bring:


 Mid-session snack

 Soft drink

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences and share their written work or the texts used with teachers and
peers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:50
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

      Bollywood Dance And Creative Percussion!
                    SUM11:51
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher and Charlotte Jalley,
                                        Dance Teacher

Places available:             20


    Venue                                       Time                Date                                    Year
                                                                                                            Group

    Queen Elizabeth II School, Horsham          10.00 – 3.00        Saturday 21st May 2011                  4/5

*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.00pm for a 3.00pm finish

N.B Pupils from mainstream schools will be working alongside pupils from Queen Elizabeth II Special School


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      must be able to keep a steady beat – non negotiable!
•      is self-disciplined and self-aware for their age;
•      is able to work in pairs and as part of a group for diverse musical and dance activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different strokes
       and/or enjoy vocalization (singing, recitation and vocal improvisation – but not involving harmony or melody);
•      displays an aptitude for dance and is willing to experiment with new techniques;
•      has a keen interest in rhythm and drumming or dancing;
•      may be competent on another instrument, showing a flair for improvisation and accommodation/transposition of
       other musical ideas or structures into their playing;
•      may have both mathematical and/or linguistic skills as opposed to evident musical skills or have a keen interest in
       rhythm and drumming, and would enjoy exposure to a completely new musical experience.

IMPORTANT: Pupils are not required to be able to read music, or understand a Western musical notation and
these workshops are not just for boys!


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

       •    learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
            relevance with Western music;

       •    learn new dance techniques including mudras (hand gestures);

       •    experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and as
            part of a group;

       •    experience a very different and multi-faceted process of learning, broadly an Eastern model involving
            copying and repetition, internalization of pulse and repertoire;

       •    develop their creativity through a group performance.
Course Details:

This is an exciting new and unique event for West Sussex Year 5 pupils, where Charlotte’s Bollywood dance joins with
Steve’s Indian tabla-based percussion workshop. There will be a Bollywood-style warm up, learning mudras (hand
gestures), the expression of emotion through movement, story-telling through dance, taught and guided
choreography… and much more! Alongside Steve’s usual range of exotic percussion and sounds effects and
percussion activities, the day will culminate in a combined performance for the families.

No experience is necessary, but pupils should be able to keep a steady beat and be comfortable with movement and
self-expression.

Charlotte Jalley trained at the London Contemporary Dance School and has appeared in several Bollywood
blockbusters including Jaaneman, Baabul and Jhoom Barabar Jhoom.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                       Comfortable clothing for sitting on
                                    floor (ideally no football shirts)

 Water                              Other: cushion

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents, pupils, and teachers are invited to contact the tutor or access his website: Steve Morley, 01273 245939.
Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their peer group.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:51
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

        Introduction To Shakespeare: Exploration
              Through Drama And Literacy
                        SUM11:52
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Jerome Monahan MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:             15


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                           Group
    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 11th June 2011                   4/5


*           Parents are warmly invited to a short presentation by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish.

N.B. This workshop will suit pupils who enjoy drama and are willing to participate and speak out in pairs,
and as part of smaller and whole-workshop group activities. Pupils must ask themselves carefully if this is
for them, as it will be a very tough day for those that are painfully shy, do not like drama or find it hard
collaborating with people they have just met. For those that can cope with these demands – the day should
be a delight!


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is willing to experiment with new material;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      enjoys drama and will confidently participate in a performance;
•      has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•      has an interest in film and will enjoy the portions of this session that involve a degree of film analysis;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•      enjoys working in groups as well as independently;
•      enjoys using literature as a spring-board for their own creativity;
•      can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
       evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•      has high level speaking and listening skills;
•      has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.

Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      be able to use Shakespeare as a spring-board for writing their own rich imagistic or metaphoric prose or
       poetry;

•      deepen their understanding of Shakespeare’s language as it is associated with different themes, emotions
       and moods;

•      know more about the original playhouse context for which Shakespeare wrote and how this may have
       influenced the language he employed and the performance of his plays;

•      develop their higher order thinking skills by analysis of a primary document – a title page from a 17th quarto.




Course Details:

The focus of the day is upon growing the pupils’ knowledge and understanding of Shakespeare and his plays and
poetry. Drama games and activities are the means to achieve this and some participants may well find such a day
rather different from theatre clubs they may attend. The emphasis is not upon performance. That said, many of these
activities are ones derived from professional rehearsal processes.


The aim of the workshop is to provide an exciting and enjoyable study of a number of Shakespeare’s plays and
poems and also make use of other early modern texts such as travellers’ reports and sermons. The workshop is
designed to complement the plays the pupils are likely to have to tackle over the next few years of their school career.
 By taking part in a series of workshop games/activities designed the pupils will enrich their understanding of the
plays. It will deepen their understanding of his use of language through themes, emotions and moods. The session
will offer pupils a chance to speak and use Shakespeare’s language in meaningful and memorable ways. They will be
given an opportunity to work actively with a demanding text and themes in a safe and enquiring environment.

While dipping into a number of plays, the day will have as it’s focus Macbeth and Romeo and Juliet. But please note:
the emphasis throughout will be upon deepening the young people’s understanding of Shakespeare, his language and
themes. Time permitting, there will be an opportunity to study age-appropriate examples of the way in which the film
industry has interpreted Shakespeare’s writing.

The day will culminate in a brief performance/exhibition of the pupils’ experiences illustrating their learning about
Shakespeare and his plays – parents and teachers welcome. A typical ‘end show’ will involve pupils performing key
moments from a selected play in a way that provides a sense of its overall plot and mood.

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of what
each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.




Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc A large maker pen
                                      would be an asset.

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

They will be encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and throughout the day they will be
learning approaches and ideas that will be entirely transferable to other Shakespeare plays and other literary texts
(especially poetry).

It would be hoped that the experiences of the day are taken forward by parents perhaps through visits to the theatre or
by encouraging pupils to see other film versions of Shakespeare’s plays.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:52
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

                             Life In The Roman Army
                                     SUM11:53
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                       3                4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Beverly Lee, Education Officer at Fishbourne Roman Palace

Places available:            20


 Venue                                         Time                 Date                                     Year
                                                                                                             Group
                                                                               th
 Fishbourne Roman Palace                       10.00 – 3.00         Saturday 11 June 2011                    4/5




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to interact well with other pupils and work closely within a team;
•    shows a keen interest in history and is able to discuss ideas about warfare of different periods;
•    has some knowledge of Roman History;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how recruits to the army were selected, the command structure and the position of the army in relation to
     Roman society;

•    understand Roman weapons, how effective they were and the tactical advantages gained against their
     opponents;

•    be able to gain an insight into the life of a legionary;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by interpreting evidence in order to plan and carry out a practical
     task.
Course Details:

This course presents an exciting opportunity to investigate and experience aspects of the life of a Roman legionary.
The pupils will explore historical and archaeological evidence; examine replica armour and equipment and experiment
with Roman signalling. Pupils will be working in groups throughout the day – echoing the reliance soldiers needed to
place on their colleagues.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Stout Footwear

 Waterproof and warm clothing

 Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. They could build on their
knowledge by researching other aspects of Roman army life (such as setting up camp, food, road building or
recreating) on the Internet and from reference books and collating their findings into an information booklet. We
always encourage participants to re-visit Fishbourne, in order to follow-up areas of personal interest.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. Be prepared to take a “hands-on” part in activities! (Please contact Beverly Lee or any of the Learning Team at
Fishbourne Roman Palace (Tel: 01243 785859) as soon as possible after your pupil’s place on the course has been
confirmed and at least one week prior to the course)



                                                 SUM11:53
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

               A Very Short Introduction To British
                         Archaeology!
                          SUM11:54
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Edwina Livesey, Sussex Archaeological Society, Education

Places available:           15


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                           Group
 Marlipins Museum, Shoreham                   10.00 – 1.00       Saturday 11th June 2011                   4/5




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to read challenging texts;
•    has outstanding ability and a special interest in history;
•    shows a keen interest in archaeology and is able to discuss creative ideas;
•    is able to concentrate for long periods of time and when being given a lot of new information;
•    is able to think critically about images and objects;
•    is able to carefully handle archaeological artefacts;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact very well with others;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the archaeology of Britain, including time periods and their associated sites and artefacts;

•    understand how archaeological sites are found and excavated (although the course is inside and will not include
     any excavation);

•    be able to identify a variety of site and artefact types from around Britain, especially Sussex;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by interpreting artefacts, maps and photographs;

•    develop further their groundwork/speaking and listening skills through practical activities.
Course Details:

This course will introduce pupils to the archaeology of Britain, from prehistory to post-mediaeval, focusing on the
archaeology of Sussex. Using the Museum collection and archive records, pupils will learn to identify artefacts and
sites and to associate them with their correct time periods. Pupils will have opportunities to handle real artefacts from
many different periods and to interpret these, sharing their ideas with others. Pupils will examine maps and
photographs to understand how archaeologists identify and interpret sites, how they decide where to dig, and what
processes are involved in excavating a site. (N.B This course is inside and will not include any excavation).

Please bring:

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Camera (optional)

 Marlipins can be cold even in
 summer, please bring something
 warm to put on

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to visit other Museums in Sussex to develop their newly acquired skills. Fishbourne Roman
Palace is particularly interesting as is Worthing Museum.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:54
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

               Investigating Seashore Invertebrates
                             SUM11:55
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4                    16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Stephen Savage, Education Co-ordinator, Shoreham Beach Local Nature
                                      Reserve

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
 County Hall North, Horsham                   10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 2nd July 2011                  4/5




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in seashore and marine wildlife;
•    demonstrates a good level of understanding of the life processes of animals;
•    is familiar with the key differences between animal groups (e.g mammals, birds, fish);
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in science;
•    demonstrates good observational and recording skills;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    demonstrates a good level of discussion and problem solving;
•    can think at higher levels, such as speculating, proposing and evaluating.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:


•    know more about coastal marine wildlife and habitats;

•    understand coastal processes such as tides, erosion and waves;

•    be able to classify marine animals;

•    demonstrate an understanding of how marine invertebrates are adapted to different habitats;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by speculating on invertebrate features, their function and
     adaption benefits.
Course Details:

This course will explore the fascinating tide pool invertebrates that live on our local coasts and pupils will gain an
insight into the lives of these intriguing beach dwellers. The course will start with a PowerPoint presentation,
illustrating the diverse habitats that can be found along the Sussex Coastline. These range from sand and pebble
beaches, sand dunes, man made habitats, rock pools and cliffs.

As a group we will discuss how this coastline is constantly being changed by human development and natural
processes and how this provides new opportunities for marine invertebrates to colonise the coastline. Coastal habitats
provide protection from many large predators but it is also a harsh habitat in which to live. Pupils will consider the
causes of tides and how low-tide provides us with our best chance to explore marine wildlife. Pupils will speculate on
the problems that seashore wildlife face and be encouraged to suggest how they have adapted to coping with
exposure at low tide.

This will set the scene for first hand investigation of a selection of marine invertebrates, which will form a large part of
the session. The tutor will present live invertebrates to the pupils using a digital microscope/computer and project the
animals onto a screen using a multimedia projector. This may include a tiny sea anemone opening its delicate
tentacles, or a frantic barnacle kicking food into its mouth or a shore crab scuttling along on its jointed legs. (This will
depend on the animals we are able to collect for the session). This part of the session will be a “living lecture” style
presentation where the pupils will be encouraged to observe, draw and record information about the marine animals.
They will be encouraged to evaluate their observations within several themes that will include classification,
adaptations, locomotion, feeding strategies and prey.

We will discuss the fact that these creatures have been borrowed from the seashore to run this session and that they
will be returned afterwards. We will discuss the importance of animal welfare and how this is just as relevant to
invertebrates. We will illustrate ways that the pupils can continue their interest in marine wildlife. Pupils will write and
discuss their thoughts and observations with the rest of the class. The session will be a mixture of individual and
group work.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Cameral (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents.
They can also use their knowledge gained to explore their local beach with a teacher/parent.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenston at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:55
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                                Go Fest
                                               SUM11:56
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                     3               4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Peter Wendes, Education Officer, British Go Association, with guest Go experts
                                       if possible

Places available:             48 (in groups of 4 from each school)


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                          Group
    The Fishbourne Centre, Fishbourne,          10.30 - 3.30       Saturday 2nd July 2011                 Year 4
    Chichester                                                     This course is intended for pupils     upwards
                                                                   from primary and secondary schools
                                                                   who will work together.


*           Any pupils who have attended previous Go Fest courses are welcome to apply to extend their knowledge.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      has enthusiasm to learn a challenging new board game;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•      is able to interact with others, as well as working independently;
•      can think at higher levels;
•      perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know the basic rules of Go;

•      understand the history and cultural context of the game;

•      be able to play the game and teach it to others;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills through learning some of the strategies of this new game.
Course Details:

Go is an ancient Japanese board game. It is an ideal game for challenging all pupils, but especially the very able. Go
is very creative, not just a calculating exercise like other board games. The aim of this one day course is to provide a
taster for groups of pupils and an adult from schools in the County in this thoroughly enjoyable game. By the end of
the session pupils will have learnt the basic rules of the game. With encouragement they will be able to return to their
schools and start a Go Club. This game provides a left/right brain activity, rich in culture and creativity. Pupils will be
playing in mixed age groups with pupils from both primary and secondary schools working together.

Will schools please use Application Form B to nominate groups of pupils for this course. If possible could schools
send an interested adult e.g. teacher, teaching assistant, parent, governor or the Gifted and Talented Co-ordinator.
This will facilitate the establishment of a Go Club in school and make the whole experience less isolated.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Camera (optional)
                                       Other: a Japanese or Chinese style
 Soft drink
                                       fan, bought or home-made
                                       (optional)

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and be able to demonstrate a basic
game. It is hoped the pupils will be able to establish a Go Club in their own school. Schools are encouraged to
develop Go as an on-going resource, for enrichment and therapeutic purposes, and are invited to contact me (above)
to discuss this. Go is an excellent opportunity for peer learning, and some schools now include it as part of the
curriculum. There is an annual UK Go Challenge for Schools, and schools might like to plan for the 2011 Challenge.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:56
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                             SUMMER TERM 2011

                             Intriguing Invertebrates
                                    SUM11:57
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                     4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Lynda Woods, School Leader, Sussex Wildlife Trust

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                           th
 Woods Mill Countryside Centre                10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 7 May 2011                   5


NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in animal science;
•    enjoys investigating the outdoor environment;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    understand variation and adaptation of creatures to their environment;

•    be able to identify and classify invertebrates from a range of habitats;

•    know more about the importance of invertebrates in food chains;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by considering the importance of invertebrates in maintaining
     ecosystems.
Course Details:

This course will explore the interesting world of invertebrates (Minibeasts). Pupils will investigate freshwater and
terrestrial habitats around the nature reserve, carrying out a pond dipping investigation and using a range of
techniques for catching and observing invertebrates in the woodland. They will attempt to identify creatures,
considering their place within food chains and how they are adapted to their particular habitats. They will consider the
importance of invertebrates in recycling of nutrients. They will work independently and in groups.

They will hope hopefully enjoy a late springtime day in the countryside and have fun!

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Stout Footwear

 Waterproof and warm clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents. We hope they will be able to use the
practical application of natural science to aid them in their school work and to further their interest at home.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:57
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                                  Zig Zag Bookmaking!
                                       SUM11:58
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                 4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Libi Cooper and Nadja Everson, The Education Department, Chichester
                                      Cathedral

Places available:            18


 Venue                                         Time             Date                               Year
                                                                                                   Group
 Chichester Cathedral                          9.30-12.30       Saturday 21st May 2011              5


*       Please meet outside the Education Centre, 1 St Faiths, which is located on Cathedral Green and
outside the Eastern arm of the Cloisters.
PLEASE SEE MAP



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a significantly higher level than their peers in Design Technology;
•    enjoys hands on activities;
•    has an ability in art and enjoys sketching;
•    shows a keen interest in history;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about decorative techniques and styles used in the Cathedral;

•    understand a little of the history of the Cathedral;

•    be able to appreciate why we use beauty and decoration as an aid to worship;

•    develop their creativity by designing their own book and its content.
Course Details

During this exciting morning course, the pupils will be making their own book. The contents of the book will be linked
to the story of St Wilfrid in Sussex, up to the building of the first Cathedral at Selsey. The pupils will be introduced to
the story of St Wilfrid by looking at the stained glass windows in the Cathedral, and will be encouraged to consider
how the early Cathedral might have looked. They will be guided to collect sketches using their own observations in
the Cathedral of the animals depicted in the windows and other examples in different parts of the Cathedral, for use
on their books. They will then construct simple zigzag books to build their own stories of St Wilfrid to take home.


Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:58
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Free The Poem
                                         SUM11:59
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3               4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rachel Rooney, Poet, based in Brighton and Sonya Smith, Poet

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                            st
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           10.00 - 3.00       Saturday 21 May 2011                  5
 Worthing


* Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    displays creativity in writing, either poetry or song writing;
•    shows an aptitude for word play and a willingness to stretch their imagination;
•    enjoys playing with ideas, challenging the status quo, is a creative thinker and able to work independently;
•    demonstrates an openness to experimenting in the mechanics of writing, as well as a curiosity in reading.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how a poem is constructed;

•    understand that poems come from a variety of sources;

•    be able to adopt different poetic voices to achieve an effect;

•    develop further their own personal style and have the courage to experiment with language and think in new
     ways.
Course Details:

This course, led by two published poets, provides a stimulating experience for all pupils who love writing. During the
session pupils will take part in a series of exercises aimed at showing different aspects of the creative process, for
example, monologue, the importance of concrete description as opposed to abstraction and the use of fiction to show
truth. Pupils will be encouraged to experiment, think laterally, to share their work, to learn how to select their own most
successful work and to appreciate the importance of drafting. Most of all, they will be encouraged to appreciate that
poetry is fun and relies not on high academic achievement (i.e. there are no clearly defined right and wrong ways of
writing) but on communicating a new way of seeing.
Writing poetry encourages pupils to make connections between images and ideas, to explore questions and find
creative answers to those questions. They are encouraged to challenge received language, and therefore thought,
and make decisions about their creative solutions. These skills can be explored and engaged in different ways within
every age group.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack
 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. Where possible, schools could
support or establish poetry clubs or networks of young poets who have either attended the sessions, or who are
interested in writing.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:59
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                  Lotions And Potions
                                       SUM11:60
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Patricia Senior, Wakehurst Teacher, and other Teaching Staff based at
                                      Wakehurst Place

Places available:           25


Venue                                         Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
Royal Botanic Gardens, Wakehurst               10.00 – 2.30      Saturday 21st May 2011                5
Place, Ardingly


NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in science;
•    shows a keen interest in science and enjoys practical work;
•    is able to discuss ideas about cause and effect and is willing to test hypotheses;
•    can think at higher levels, such as speculating;
•    attempts to provide evaluative explanations of experimental results and propose solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the practical applications of plants;

•    understand that some “old wives’ tales” have a basis of truth;

•    be able to identify certain plants with medicinal properties;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills of analysis and speculation.




Course Details:

Plants are amazing! Not only do they provide us with food but they also give us medicines, perfumes, herbs and
spices.
A Medicinal Plant Trail round the garden will enable pupils to ‘meet’ plants that are used as medicines today and also
to learn about some of the strange remedies they have provided in the past. Working in small groups, the pupils will
be able to explore a series of ‘activity trays’ and discover the wide variety of medicinal, culinary and cosmetic uses of
plants. They will then have the opportunity to design and make their own ‘lotions and potions’.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                           Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                    Waterproof Clothing

 Sketch pad                           Camera (optional)

 Writing pad/paper                    Other: suitable clothing for the time
                                      of year and weather on the day

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and take their ‘lotions and potions’ into
school. This will provide the basis for a report back to the rest of the class.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:60
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

Active Beowulf – Explorations Through Drama
                And Literacy
                 SUM11:61
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                  4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Jerome Monahan MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:             25


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                           Group
    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00*      Saturday 21st May 2011                     5


*           Parents are warmly invited to a short presentation by the group at 2.00pm for a 2.30pm finish.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      willingly experiments with new material;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      enjoys drama and is willing to participate in writing and a performance;
•      enjoys art and art history –the day will include an element of art appreciation;
•      has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•      enjoy working in groups as well as independently;
•      enjoys using literature as a spring-board for their own creativity;
•      can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
       evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•      has high level speaking and listening skills;
•      has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      have enriched their understanding of Beowulf;

•      know how to perform (and even learn) lines, speeches and scenes drawn from Beowulf;

•      be able to use the Tales as a spring-board for writing their own rich imagistic or metaphoric prose or poetry;

•      explore and speak Early English;

•      consider the cultural ripples created by Beowulf: heroic literature;

•      begin to place Beowulf in its context – one that straddles both Pagan and Christian times;

•      take part in a news-based exercise focused on the finding and describing of Anglo-Saxon artefacts discovered in
       the recent metal-detector enthusiast’s recovery of a hoard;

•      examine the ways in which Beowulf has been repeatedly adapted for film and animation using age-appropriate
       extracts to explore ideas of interpretation;
Course details:

This is an opportunity for pupils to travel the ‘whale-road’, sit down at great feasts in glorious halls and share the
telling of a tale that has been having an impact on our culture for well over a thousand years. Beowulf is one of the
greatest and most influential pieces of Western Literature and through this active day-long workshop the pupils will
have a chance to explore some of its main incidents and themes.

Beowulf tells the tale of a warrior’s struggle with a series of monsters – Grendel, his mother and the Dragon that
eventually brings about his death and the end of his virtuous reign in the land on the Greats. It is a tale of journeys;
gift-giving ceremonies and terrible struggles with the forces of chaos and fate. The workshop will be based on the
translation of the epic poem by Seamus Heaney, and will involve pupils in a succession of active, drama-based tasks
that will bring them directly into the key incidents of the tale and also its rich language. This is a chance to give pupils
a creative, stimulating grounding in the poem; one from which so much modern fantasy literature and film springs.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                            Writing pad/paper

 Mid-session snack                     Sketch pad

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of what
each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.

They will be encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and throughout the day they will be
learning approaches and ideas that will be entirely transferable to other stories and other literary texts (especially
poetry).

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:61
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Stop-Frame Animation
                                   SUM11:62
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rosie Holmes, Animator and Film-maker based in Brighton

Places available:           12


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Millais School, Horsham                     10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 21st May 2011 AND              5
                                                                Saturday 11th June 2011
                                                                **A commitment to BOTH
                                                                sessions is required



NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to think creatively and on their feet;
•    has an outstanding ability in making up stories and inventing characters;
•    is imaginative, inventive, innovative and experimental;
•    is an original thinker;
•    is enthusiastic about stories, animations and films;
•    can take inspiration from other things but also has ideas of their own;
•    has a sense of humour and an eye for the unusual;
•    enjoys drawing and is confident in transferring a vision into a design;
•    can think visually;
•    has drawing and making skills though not necessarily in a traditional sense – they do not need to be able to copy
     things accurately but as long as they have confidence in what they do and a vision of what they want;
•    is able to work independently and in collaboration as part of a small group;
•    needs to be patient and be able to persevere with the task at hand and have an eye for detail.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    learn about simple stop-frame animation techniques;

•    learn how to make, manipulate and animate shadow puppets or 3D objects;

•    have a deeper understanding of stories and how they relate to all of us;

•    learn about characterisation: make up characters for the story, turn them into puppets and develop them, animate
     them and direct them;

•    develop higher order thinking skills by learning about movement frame by frame, encouraging imagination,
     experimentation and collaboration and developing skills in decision making and direction.
Course Details:

This course will involve making a short animation film with shadow puppets and 3D objects. Pupils will learn how to
make shadow puppets or plasticene puppets and how to manipulate, animate and direct them. The course will
engage with traditional stories in a way that is inventive and experimental but also sometimes involves creating their
own original narratives based on dreams (or other experiences) to animate. They will learn how stories evolve and
change according to the group and to the puppets that are used.

Pupils will learn how to make lots of different decisions in the course of making the film both individually and as part of
a group. Pupils will invent characters for the story and learn to develop and direct them both using the animation
techniques and using storyboards. They will also make and collect props and background scenery mostly out of card
and material. The puppets will be animated using very simple stop-frame animation techniques on a computer using
video cameras and/or SLR cameras.

This course will also cover very basic sound effects and voice-overs. The course is intended to be a very intensive,
creative and fun with the aim of telling a story and making a film as the end result which will then be uploaded into
Youtube.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents especially Art teachers and English
teachers. The video will appear on Youtube approximately one week after the course so that teachers, parents and
friends can view and discuss the film.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:62
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Improvised Comedy
                                       SUM11:63
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                     2                3                  4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Rachel Blackman, Performance Artist and Dancer, based in Brighton

Places available:             16


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                          Group
                                                                             th
    County Hall North, Horsham                 10.00 - 3.00*      Saturday 11 June 2011                   5


*           Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30 for a 3.00 finish.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      displays a keen interest in, or a high level of ability in drama, acting, comedy and/or performance;
•      exhibits a high level of creative and imaginative flair;
•      is not afraid to take creative risks in public;
•      has high level thinking and listening skills;
•      can think and act spontaneously;
•      can work both as individuals and as part of an ensemble;
•      has some experience of performing in front of an audience (useful, but not essential).




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      take away a series of great performance games that can be played anywhere, at any time, with anyone;

•      grow in creative self confidence;

•      learn how to support each other’s creative ideas;

•      have fun whilst being creatively challenged;

•      develop skills to support and structure their raw self-expression;

•      further their higher order thinking skills by developing emotional intelligence, stimulating creative and rapid
       problem solving and by encouraging multiple points of view.
Course Details:

This course is an introduction to the exciting world of improvised comedy. Pupils will be given opportunities to create
spontaneous (and very funny) performances from scratch using audience suggestions. No scripts, no props.

Participants are encouraged to trust their impulses, listen actively, commit to each other’s imaginative offers and are
applauded (literally) for leaping into the unknown, even if it results in failure! ‘Failures’ provide some of the best
opportunities for comedy and the most unexpected, sometimes ‘mistakes’ are just opportunities waiting to happen.

Improvised comedy is collaborative and encourages young performers to play as part of an ensemble. Participants
learn that improvised games fall apart unless the group is in collaboration and agreement, and all elements are
working together in service to a scene or a game. Trying to be a star doesn’t work! The results are at once hugely
entertaining and rich in learning and sharing.

The day concludes with a performance of the games to an audience of friends and family who will be asked to provide
suggestions for scenes that are played out.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Bottled water / Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Comfortable clothes to move
 freely in

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents are encouraged to attend a performance of the material learned throughout the day during the final hour of
class. Parents attending the show are encouraged to offer suggestions for scenes at the request of pupils or the
director (Rachel). Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and fill out the
feedback forms provided.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:63
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                         SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Office Of Mysteries HQ
                                     SUM11:64
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                 4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               ‘Officer’ Louise Aplin and ‘Officer’ Sheila Carr

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
 St Peter’s CEP School, Cowfold               9.30 - 12.30       Saturday 11th June 2011                 5



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has outstanding ability in problem solving;
•    demonstrates writing skills at a level beyond their peers;
•    shows a keen interest in investigations;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to apply their existing knowledge and skills to a new context;

•    understand how careful and considered thinking processes can be used to solve a number of problems and
     puzzles;

•    be able to work confidently in collaborative learning situations;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by questioning, analysing, evaluating and hypothesising.
Course Details:

Pupils will be invited to join the Office of Mysteries HQ for a morning of detective challenge.

During the actual session, groups of pupils will be working in collaboration on a fictitious, imaginary map that involves
a number of problems that have to be overcome, in order to rescue a character.

Having determined how they would conduct the rescue, pupils then work individually on a detailed report of their
mission, in the form of a six-chapter storyboard. They choose whether to use pure text, annotated illustrations, or a
mixture of both to compile their report.

The investigations provide an exciting context for pupils to apply a range of social, communication and learning skills
that captures their imagination, curiosity and commitment – and all through having fun!


Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:64
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                         SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Pottery Workshop
                                       SUM11:65
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                  3                  4          16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Su Cloud, Ceramicist and Art Teacher

Places available:           15


 Venue                                       Time              Date                           Year
                                                                                              Group
                                                                          th
 West Dean College, Chichester               10.00 – 3.00      Saturday 11 June 2011            5


N.B. As the pupils will go outside during their lunch break, please make sure they have suitable outer
clothing for the weather on the day.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys working with clay;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    has good listening skills and perseveres when the task becomes challenging;
•    shows a keen interest in 3D art and design.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to form a hollow shape;

•    understand the process of joining with slip;

•    be able to develop the basic shape into an individual form;

•    develop their own design.




Course Details:
The course will explore the interesting world of clay. Pupils will learn how to make pinch shapes to fit together and
make different size pots that can be used to make 3D forms.

They will design their own imaginary beast or bird on paper and then create the same in clay. Pupils will be
encouraged to experiment with the modelling tools and put into practice the techniques that will be demonstrated.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                          Other: Old shirt, apron

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

The process the pupils have learnt could be used to make any number of forms, such as fruit, pods, bottles, jars and
vases when back at school or home.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:65
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Step Back In Time
                                       SUM11:66
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Brenda Thompson, Education Officer, Arundel Castle

Places available:           24


Venue                                         Time                Date                                   Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                           th
Arundel Castle                                10.30 – 3.00        Sunday 19 June 2011
                                                                                                         5
                                                                  **Please note this course is
                                                                  running on a Sunday**



PARENTS PLEASE NOTE

Please enter through the main entrance in Mill Road (called Lower Lodge). You will be met by our guides.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in history and is able to discuss ideas about life in the past;
•    is able to climb many stairs;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in history;
•    enjoys drama and role play;
•    is familiar with/or shows keen interest in Heraldry;
•    has a confident and outgoing nature;
•    is an imaginative and creative thinker;
•    works well with others as well as individually;
•    has a high level of listening and speaking skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about everyday life in mediaeval times, in various roles and different levels of society;

•    understand how background knowledge/understanding is a vital component for realistic contextual and character
     development in role play/drama;

•    be able to work effectively as part of a team;

•    develop further their creative thinking skills through problem solving.
Course Details:

After some introductory ice-breakers to get to know one another, pupils will be introduced to mediaeval times through
object handling and an opportunity to explore the most ancient parts of the Castle. Throughout the tour they will be
encouraged to use their imaginations and develop an idea of what it felt like to be living in the 11th and 12th centuries.

Armed with a collection of knowledge/ideas about mediaeval daily life, for a variety of social classes, the pupils will
return to the Education Room to develop a role play scenario based on historical events at the Castle. Then, with the
use of some costumes and props, they will act out the roles they have developed in the Castle or Grounds depending
on the weather.

A break for lunch will be followed by investigating heraldry, finding out some of the heraldic terms and rules. Later
they will design their own coat of arms adhering to the heraldic rules and describe what they have made in heraldic
language.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear
 Camera (optional)

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and deepen their understanding through
background reading and visiting other historic buildings and museums, particularly those offering re-enactments.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:66
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                            Thinking Through Ideas:
                             Philosophical Enquiry
                                   SUM11:67
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                  4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Audrey Neate, Language Development Specialist

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           9.30 – 2.30        Saturday 25th June 2011                5
 Worthing




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys the challenge of dialogue, where opinions must be supported by reasons;
•    has an above average concentration span;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker with excellent listening skills;
•    has well developed interpersonal skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to search for reasons to substantiate their opinions;

•    understand how to analyse, evaluate and reflect on the opinions of other group members;

•    be able to work collaboratively to search for depth and clarity in their dialogue;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through the experience of philosophical discussion.
Course Details:

This will be a language based course, where pupils will form questions after reading a text. These questions will
initiate discussion of a philosophical nature, which will challenge and extend the pupils' thinking. Pupils need to be
confident enough to express their opinions in a group, giving reasons to support what they say.

Please bring:


 Soft drink                          Writing pad/paper

 Mid-session snack                   Sketch pad

 Packed Lunch                        Other: coat

 Pens, pencils etc


PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and it is hoped that the dispositions
experienced and the skills practised will feed into the critical and creative work of the thinking classroom. Teachers
are welcome to contact Audrey about specific follow-up.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:67
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Step Back In Time
                                       SUM11:68
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Brenda Thompson, Education Officer, Arundel Castle

Places available:           24


Venue                                         Time                Date                                   Year
                                                                                                         Group
Arundel Castle                                10.30 – 3.00
                                                                             th
                                                                  Saturday 25 June 2011                  5



PARENTS PLEASE NOTE

Please enter through the main entrance in Mill Road (called Lower Lodge). You will be met by our guides.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in history and is able to discuss ideas about life in the past;
•    is able to climb many stairs;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in history;
•    enjoys drama and role play;
•    is familiar with/or shows keen interest in Heraldry;
•    has a confident and outgoing nature;
•    is an imaginative and creative thinker;
•    works well with others as well as individually;
•    has a high level of listening and speaking skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about everyday life in mediaeval times, in various roles and different levels of society;

•    understand how background knowledge/understanding is a vital component for realistic contextual and character
     development in role play/drama;

•    be able to work effectively as part of a team;

•    develop further their creative thinking skills through problem solving.
Course Details:

After some introductory ice-breakers to get to know one another, pupils will be introduced to mediaeval times through
object handling and an opportunity to explore the most ancient parts of the Castle. Throughout the tour they will be
encouraged to use their imaginations and develop an idea of what it felt like to be living in the 11th and 12th centuries.

Armed with a collection of knowledge/ideas about mediaeval daily life, for a variety of social classes, the pupils will
return to the Education Room to develop a role play scenario based on historical events at the Castle. Then, with the
use of some costumes and props, they will act out the roles they have developed in the Castle or Grounds depending
on the weather.

A break for lunch will be followed by investigating heraldry, finding out some of the heraldic terms and rules. Later
they will design their own coat of arms adhering to the heraldic rules and describe what they have made in heraldic
language.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear
 Camera (optional)

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and deepen their understanding through
background reading and visiting other historic buildings and museums, particularly those offering re-enactments.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:68
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                          Pond Rangers
                                           SUM11:69
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                  3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Philip Haskell, Education Officer, Weald Countryside Education Officer, Buchan
                                     Country Park, Crawley

Places available:           20


 Venue                                       Time              Date                                     Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Countryside Centre, Buchan Country          10.00 – 1.00      Saturday 7th May 2011                    5/6
 Park, Crawley


NB        As most of the morning will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor
          clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to listen and carry out instructions in using survey equipment;
•    demonstrates an ability in environmental studies at a level beyond their peers;
•    is working at National Curriculum levels above average for their year group in geography, English, mathematics
     or science;
•    shows a keen interest in wildlife and is able to discuss ideas about their local environment and history;
•    is familiar with health and safety issues and acts accordingly near natural hazards (water);
•    has some experience of doing project work;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying, providing evaluative explanations and
     proposing holistic solutions to problems and obstacles;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    enjoys learning and researching a range of subjects for the creation of a focused project.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about ponds in the landscape and how to complete a basic pond survey;

•    understand that freshwater is an important indicator of environmental health/quality for people;

•    be able to identify key pond creatures, make a drawing of a pond and create their own design (if time permits);

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysing the problems of how to survey ponds.
Course Details:

This course will explore the interesting world of ponds, gaining fascinating insights into their wildlife value and
especially their importance to our lives in the urban environment. Pupils will enjoy the role of a professional pond
warden/ranger. Initially they will be introduced to ponds in the landscape, their origins, decline and their renaissance
through conservation. Working in small teams they will learn how to do a basic physical and biological survey of a
pond, including evaluation of water quality based on the variety of invertebrates identified. They will have fun enacting
and learning about life cycles and the needs of pond life through games. Finally, after reviewing their surveys, the
pupils will put into practice their observations. They will be able to propose solutions, provide evaluative explanations
on the survey results and speculate on the effects of environmental impacts. By analysing pond life requirements and
using their imaginations, they will be able to design a new wildlife pond, allowing access for all ages and abilities.


The aim of this course is to give pupils an enjoyable insight into the professional work of a pond warden/ranger
(without getting wet!). It helps them to think laterally and focuses on the interweaving of cross curricular knowledge
and research in project work. This highlights the importance of all school subjects within the work place. It is aimed
to stimulate their interest and thinking about pond conservation, management or creation, in and around their locality,
including at school. It is hoped that pupils will put something back into their community/school that they have taken
from this course. Follow-up information and courses/workshops can be provided if there is a demand from
participating schools.


Please bring:

 Soft drink                           Pens, pencils etc (optional)

 Mid-session snack                    Stout Footwear

 Sketch pad (optional)                Waterproof Clothing

 Writing pad/paper (optional)         Camera (optional)

                                      Other: This is a predominantly
                                      outdoor “hands-on” course and will
                                      take place outside whatever the
                                      weather, so appropriate outdoor
                                      clothing (including long trousers and
                                      sun hat), footwear, and sun screen,
                                      for example is essential.

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and develop their ideas about pond
management and creation with teachers and other adults in the community.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify the North East Area Professional Centre, on 01293 435600, one week prior to course date if you
wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:69
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                             SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Mary Rose Maths
                                       SUM11:70
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Mary Kinoulty, Head of Learning, The Mary Rose Trust

Places available:           16


 Venue                                        Time               Date                               Year
                                                                                                    Group
                                                                           th
 Mary Rose Museum, Portsmouth                 10.15 – 2.30       Saturday 7 May 2011                  5/6
 Historic Dockyard




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys maths and problem-solving activities;
•    is working at a significantly higher level than their peers in mathematics;
•    shows an interest in Tudor history;
•    enjoys group work;
•    is able to interact with people they don’t know and work together.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    be able to apply mathematical skills and knowledge in practical solutions;

•    use a variety of maths in small group work e.g estimating, roman numerals, weighing and measuring, shape and
     space;

•    know more about life on the Mary Rose by studying different jobs on board;

•    develop teamwork skills by working together in small groups.
Course Details:

At the beginning of the course, pupils will have the opportunity to explore a range of mathematical experiences in a
unique historical context. They will investigate a variety of practical maths problems which the men of the Mary Rose
had to solve in their daily work on Henry VIII’s flagship. Pupils will have the chance to use hands-on resources and
work together during the day. They will also have a mini-tour of the Museum and take part in the gun drill in teams, to
find out what life was really like on board a Tudor warship.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Waterproof clothing

 Pens, pencils etc

 Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and investigate the Mary Rose crew on
the Mary Rose website.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:70
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                     Painting Summer
                                        SUM11:71
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Romily Meredith, Education Officer for the National Trust, Nymans

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                            th
 Nymans, National Trust Property,             10.00 - 2.30       Saturday 14 May 2011                    5/6
 Handcross


NB As most of the day will be spent outdoors please ensure pupils have suitable clothing for the weather on the
day

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a high level of ability in art and design;
•    responds sensitively to the visual and natural worlds;
•    is able to work alone and collaborate with others;
•    is familiar with colour mixing;
•    enjoys learning about the work of artists and investigating unfamiliar art techniques;
•    demonstrates more advanced fine motor skills than most of their peers;
•    is able to discuss ideas about their own and other’s work, and interested in expressing new thoughts and ideas;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker, able to persevere with demanding tasks.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:



•    be able to use a variety of new techniques;

•    understand how to develop their initial ideas by adding detail and texture;

•    compare and comment on ideas, methods and approaches used in their own and other’s art work;

•    develop further their thinking skills by being engaged in the creative process of making art and talking about how
     and why artists make art.
Course Details:

This course is set in the glorious gardens at Nymans. The mood of the course is positive and fun, with the emphasis
on developing the confidence for pupils to trust their intuition and focus on making art work, in a fresh and
spontaneous way. During the day the pupils will learn about artists who are inspired by the natural environment, and
consider the meanings they may convey in their art. They will develop their ability to investigate and combine visual
and tactile qualities of materials and processes, and to match these qualities to the purpose of their work. The pupils
will be inspired by the plants in the gardens and this will also develop an interest in the natural environment and
environmental issues.

The session will end with pupils looking at and discussing their own and each other’s work. Pupils will be able to take
their work home.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Sketch pad

 Stout footwear and waterproof
 clothing

 Camera

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to take their art with them and discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and their
peers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:71
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

      The Journey – Exploring Literature Through
                      Rhythm
                     SUM11:72
                                                        KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                     3                4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher and Jerome Monahan
                                        MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:              24


    Venue                                        Time              Date                                   Year
                                                                                                          Group
    County Hall North, Horsham                   10.00-3.00*       Saturday 14th May 2011                 5/6


*           Parents are warmly invited to a short presentation by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish.

This is a course which will combine two groups of pupils nominated for either a music based course or
one with language as the focus. Please indicate which group you are nominating for when making your
application.

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

Music group:

•      is reasonably self-disciplined and self-aware for their age, and be able to work both independently and as
       part of a group engaging in diverse musical activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different
       strokes and/or enjoy vocalisation i.e. singing, recitation and vocal improvisation - but not involving harmony
       or melody;
•      is willing to experiment with new material;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      can keep a steady beat.

Language group:

•      has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•      enjoys working in groups as well as independently;
•      enjoys using literature as a launch-pad for their own creativity;
•      can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions,
       providing evaluative explanations, proposing solutions.
•      has the capacity to demonstrate high level speaking and listening skills;
•      has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.

Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      experience an exciting and enjoyable introduction to a variety of classic texts in the Western Tradition and
       beyond;

•      gain a sense of classic literature in context;

•      be able to experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and
       as part of a group;
•      learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
       relevance within Western music;

•      learn to play and recite tabla phrases, both over a beat and within a cyclical structure, and develop their creativity
       at their own pace through both improvisation and group participation;

•      gain a chance to speak and use the language of classical literature in meaningful and memorable ways;

•      gain an opportunity to work actively with a range of literature in a safe and enquiring environment.

Course details:

“Can there no means be found to preserve life
In thee but wand’ring like a vagabond?”

(A Jovial Crew – Richard Brome (1641)

This is a workshop about journeys and music – its aim to offer pupils a chance to explore the theme of ‘The Journey’
through literature, drama and rhythm. Taking the idea of travel and the quest, participants will be invited to explore a
wide range of books, poetry and drama in which journeying is both a central feature. Using a variety of active
theatrical approaches and harnessing the power, expression and versatility of tabla drumming, the aim is to unpick,
embellish and experience the narrative structure of such tales. Particular attention will be given to such key
ingredients of ‘travel literature’as:
      •    The travelling hero or heroine
      •    The reason for the quest
      •    Preparing for the journey and gathering a crew
      •    The sea and mountain
      •    Strange lands and peoples
      •    Allies, gate-keepers and enemies
      •    The Return - transformation.
The texts referred to will include some that are central in the western tradition – including extracts from Homer; Dante
and Shakespeare. Alongside the literary element, equal time will be devoted to creating the evocative sounds
associated with ‘The Journey’ – the aim being to weave both drumming and drama into a beguiling tapestry. The day
will be distinctly cross-curricular, drawing in music, art, history and geography. Pupils will work in separate groups and
then combine for some of the activities.

It must be stressed that that the drama part of this workshop will suit pupils who enjoy English and drama and are
willing to participate and speak out in pairs, and as a part of whole-workshop group activities. Pupils must ask
themselves carefully if this is for them, as it will be a very tough day for those that are painfully shy, do not like drama
or find it hard collaborating with people they have just met. For those that can cope with these demands – the day
should be a delight!

On the musical aspect, please note also this workshop is not only for those already learning an instrument! There will
be many pupils who have a previously unrecognised or unfulfilled predisposition for enjoying this type of creativity and
experience. However, pupils must be able to keep a steady beat!

Please bring:


    Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

    Soft drink                           Writing pad/paper

    Mid-session snack                    Sketch pad

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of
what each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.

It would be hoped that the experiences of the day are taken forward by parents perhaps through encouraging visits to
the theatre or by encouraging pupil to read a range of classic literature.
Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).




                                                      SUM11:72
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

               St Wilfrid’s Soaptastic Enterprise Day
                             SUM11:73
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Holly Myers, Business and Community Development Manager, St Wilfrid’s
                                      Catholic, Crawley

Places available:           25


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                       Year
                                                                                                            Group
 St Wilfrid’s Catholic School, Crawley        10.00 – 3.00*      Saturday 14th May 2011                     5/6


* Parents are invited to watch the presentations at 2.30



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows an interest in business and comes up with enterprising ideas;
•    is competent in the use of spreadsheets and interpreting data;
•    enjoys working with other pupils and would consider themselves a team player;
•    is competent in the creative use of ICT, for example, using Powerpoint or excel;
•    enjoys being active, creative and making things happen;
•    is confident enough to be able to take part in a group presentation.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    learn about how businesses operate;

•    learn about health and safely procedures required in producing their soap;

•    understand how to market products effectively;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysing their costs and profits spreadsheet.
Course Details:

During the course pupils will work in teams to create a new type of soap, choosing the shape, colour, texture and
smell based on the market they wish to target. They will consider the raw costs of the materials and use a
spreadsheet to decide on the best selling price and to forecast their profits. Each team will decide on the best
marketing strategy for their soap, and design marketing materials such as logos, packaging for the soap and leaflets
and posters. Prizes will be awarded to the winning teams. This is an enterprising and fun day and an opportunity for
pupils to improve their ICT and maths skills as well!


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Camera (optional)

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

 Memory stick if pupils want to
 take work home (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and are encouraged to take electronic
copies of their work. They can take the soap home and all ingredients are commonly available to buy if they wish to
make more soap.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:73
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                     Art In The Woods
                                         SUM11:74
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                      4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Rachel Bell, Saddlescombe Farm, National Trust

Places available:           15


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                 Year
                                                                                                      Group
                                                                             st
 National Trust, Devil’s Dyke, Brighton*      10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 21         May 2011         5/6


*      Meet at the National Trust trailer near the stone seat at the car park, by the Devil’s Dyke Pub.
NOT at the farm.

NB       As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a higher level than their peers in art;
•    is a creative thinker;
•    is open to exploring the use of natural materials found in a woodland to create a sculpture;
•    is able to use their initiative but is also a good team player;
•    enjoys being outdoors and getting their hands dirty.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to design a sculpture from natural materials;

•    understand how different natural materials have different properties;

•    be able to use natural materials to their best effect in making a sculpture;

•    develop further their interest in creating art in an outdoor environment.
Course Details:

This course will challenge pupils to design and construct a sculpture made entirely from natural materials found in
Devil’s Dyke woods. Working both independently and in a large group pupils will draw inspiration from the wildlife they
discover around them. The course will give great scope for creative thinking in designing the natural sculpture. It is
also a course which develops natural leadership and qualities of teamwork.

The morning will be spent creating a huge spider’s web as a whole group. In the afternoon pupils will design and
sculpt their own creature and place them in context within the web. The finished work will be left in the woods for
visitors to enjoy.

This will be a day of getting your hands dirty, thinking creatively and discovering the fascinating world of woodland
creatures both large and small.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Camera (optional)

 Soft drink                           Other: Old clothes.

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences of Devils Dyke with friends / family, fellow pupils and teachers with
the intention of getting people to visit their work of art.

They will also be encouraged to visit Devil’s Dyke with their families to use the National Trust “Tracker Pack” – a
series of self guided activities which tell the story of the history of Devil’s Dyke and its wildlife.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:74
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

        Choreography And Dance – Developing
                   Performance
                     SUM11:75
                                                       KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                    3                4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Miriam King, Choreographer and Dance Tutor, Brighton

Places available:           14


Venue                                           Time            Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
The Hub, Central Sussex College,                10.30 – 3.00*   Saturday 11th June 2011 AND              5/6
Haywards Heath                                                             th
                                                                Saturday 18 June 2011 2011 **A
                                                                commitment to BOTH sessions is
                                                                required**


*         Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 3.00pm for a 3:30pm finish on
          18th June.


NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has outstanding ability in movement and dance;
•    demonstrates a sense of presentation and performance at a level beyond their peers;
•    shows a keen interest in stage work;
•    enjoys creative teamwork;
•    has good physical awareness;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker, and is able to communicate ideas with others;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysis and interpretation of music;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the process of choreography and performance;

•    understand more about physical presence and creative movement;

•    be able to develop their creative ideas;

•    develop further their creative expression and individuality, and higher order thinking and movement skills.
Course Details:

This course is designed to develop the pupils’ awareness of choreography and how to use this in enhancing their own
performance. There are two sessions to allow in depth study and progress. After warm up, the pupils will take part in
dance and movement activities which will develop a new understanding of dance possibilities and use of space. Each
set of exercises will be followed by discussion. Gradually over the two weeks pupils will develop performances in
groups / pairs or solo. The second session will end with a performance to their parents.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Other: loose comfortable clothing
                                     (plus a warm layer)

 Plastic bottle of water (no fizzy
 drinks or sugary snacks)

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and perhaps could be given the
opportunity to demonstrate some of the techniques learnt.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:75
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

        Work And Play On The Farm In The 20th
                      Century
                     SUM11:76
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                  4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rebecca Jennings, Saddlescombe Farm, National Trust

Places available:           15


 Venue                                       Time              Date                                    Year
                                                                                                       Group
 Saddlescombe Farm, Nr Poynings,             10.00 – 3.00      Saturday 18th June 2011                 5/6
 Brighton




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a higher level than their peers in history;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is open to exploring the use of natural materials which would have been used in this period of history;
•    is able to follow instructions and work independently and collaboratively;
•    enjoys being outdoors and getting their hands dirty.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to ‘make do and mend’ reusing a variety of materials;

•    understand the techniques of sowing seeds for food producing plants;

•    be able to appreciate how food self sufficiency was paramount to the war effort;

•    experience mid 20th century playtime for children;

•    develop further the historical understanding of work and play of children on a farm during World War II.
Course Details:

This fun and practical day will highlight what was expected of children during the Second World War, to work as well
as play.

The morning will start with a role play demonstrating the evacuation of children in the 1940’s followed by a tour of the
walled kitchen garden and a display of rationing. Pupils will identify how the farm could produce its own food and
prepare pots and beds for seeding.

The afternoon will give an insight into the toys and games which children would have played with during these times,
such as hop-scotch, skipping ropes and sack races, really demonstrating what a contrast they are to modern games,
and showing what an impact the war had on the children who lived through it.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Waterproof clothes

 Mid session snack                    Stout footwear

 Soft drink                           Old clothes

                                      Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be encouraged to discuss their experience of Saddlescombe Farm with friends/family, fellow pupils and
teachers with the intention of visiting the farm on Open Days and to visit other National Trust properties of a similar
period, such as the Second World War Pillbox at Bodiam Castle. Pupils will also be encouraged to attend further
work and play days at Saddlescombe.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:76
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                           Senses And Landscapes
                                 SUM11:77
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3               4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Jackie Day, Education Officer, RSPB Pulborough Brooks

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                 Year
                                                                                                      Group
                                                                            th
 RSPB Pulborough Brooks                       10.00 – 2.30       Saturday 25 June 2011                5/6


NB As part of the day will be spent on the Reserve, please ensure that pupils have suitable clothing for the
weather on the day.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is interested in the natural world and enjoys being outdoors;
•    enjoys working collaboratively as well as independently;
•    is confident to discuss and share ideas;
•    enjoys creative and imaginative writing;
•    is willing to experiment with different forms and styles;
•    has competent writing skills;
•    can persevere when editing and improving work.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    gain an appreciation of nature as a stimulus for creative writing;

•    be able to explore different poetic forms and styles;

•    be able to use a variety of poetic techniques such as simile, metaphor and alliteration;

•    develop their use of imaginative and figurative vocabulary;

•    be able to evaluate work and identify areas for improvement;

•    extend their communication skills.
Course Details:

Here at Pulborough Brooks many people take photographs or paint pictures. On this course, however, pupils will
become founder members of a new creative group, the Pulborough Poets!

Pupils will visit various locations on the reserve and will use their senses to describe the natural phenomenon they
experience. They will work collaboratively to create a bank of figurative images, words and phrases. Back in the
classroom, they will experiment with different forms and styles and will create their own individual or group poems.
They will learn to assess their own work and make improvements through editing. Pupils will produce a best copy of
their favourite poem to take away with them.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

 Waterproof Clothing

 Stout Footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and feedback to their classes.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:77
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                            SUMMER TERM 2011

           Who’s The Fittest, Us Or The Tudors?
                        SUM11:78
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Mary Kinoulty, Head of Learning, The Mary Rose Trust

Places available:           16


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                 Year
                                                                                                     Group
                                                                           th
 Mary Rose Museum, Portsmouth                10.15 – 3.30       Saturday 25 June 2011                5/6
 Historic Dockyard




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in history and/or archaeology;
•    is able to interact with others in group activities, as well as work independently;
•    is happy to participate in activities such as dressing up and artefact handling;
•    is comfortable about discussing medicine today and in Tudor times including amputation and bleeding!
•    not for the faint hearted!




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    deepen their understanding of healthy living by examining aspects of diet, exercise and medicine in the Tudor
     context;

•    be able to discuss the pros and cons of Tudor versus modern diet e.g processing and preservation of food,
     packaging and air miles;

•    improve their understanding of Tudor life for rich and poor;

•    develop confidence and communication skills.
Course Details:

The course will introduce the pupils to the fascinating collection of the Tudor warship, Mary Rose. The day is
designed to be challenging but fun.

Pupils will have the opportunity to visit the Museum to investigate a range of topics relating to life in Tudor times.
They will handle real and replica artefacts from the ship and take part in a variety of group activities e.g Tudor gun
drill, role play. Throughout the day they will be comparing the lifestyles of the rich and poor on the ship. Through
investigating Tudor diet and medical care they will discover how much has changed over the last 500 years. They
might be surprised at some of the answers.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Sensible shoes and clothing for
 walking around dockyard
 appropriate for the weather on
 the day

 Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be encouraged to discuss findings with parents and teachers.

Pupils may like to look at the Mary Rose website to find out more about the ship. They may enjoy our interactive
sites ‘Dive in and Discover’ or ‘ The Learning City’.

Any follow-up work undertaken independently can be sent to the Learning team for display in the Mary Rose
Museum or on our online gallery.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:78
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                              Macbeth
                                             SUM11:79
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Jerome Monahan MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
 County Hall North, Horsham                   10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 2nd July 2011                   5/6/7/8


N.B This course concentrates on the language NOT the performance.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    willingly experiments with new material;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    enjoys drama and is willing to participate in writing and a performance;
•    has an interest in film and will enjoy the portions of this session that involve a degree of film analysis;
•    has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•    demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•    enjoy working in groups as well as independently;
•    enjoys using literature as a spring-board for their own creativity;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    has high level speaking and listening skills;
•    has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    have enriched their understanding of Macbeth;

•    know how to perform (and even learn) lines, speeches and scenes drawn from Macbeth;

•    be able to use Shakespeare as a spring-board for writing their own rich imagistic or metaphoric prose or poetry;

•    develop their understanding of Shakespeare’s language in Macbeth as it is associated with different themes,
     emotions and moods;

•    understand how the original playhouse context for which Shakespeare wrote may have influenced the language
     he employed and the performance of his plays.
Course details:

Although this session is focused on a specific play: Macbeth, the day long workshop is ideal for any pupil wishing to
enrich their understanding of Shakespeare. Above all else, this is an event designed to foster a love and interest in
Shakespeare and rich classical drama beyond the constraints of the curriculum.

The day will culminate in a brief performance/exhibition of the day’s experiences illustrating their learning about
Shakespeare and his plays – parents and teachers welcome. A typical ‘end show’ will involve pupils performing key
moments from a selected play in a way that provides a sense of its overall plot and mood.


Ultimately, the aim of the day will be to offer an alternative, deep focus on the play that both complements school work
and also seeks to broaden the play’s impact and value beyond being something selected for examination or class
room study.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                           Writing pad/paper

 Mid-session snack                    Sketch pad

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of
what each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.

In the short term the workshop will give pupils a head start in terms of their knowledge and understanding of one
of the key Shakespeare texts.

They will be encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and throughout the day they will
be learning approaches and ideas that will be entirely transferable to other Shakespeare plays and other literary
texts (especially poetry).

It would be hoped that the experiences of the day are taken forward by parents perhaps through visits to the
theatre or by encouraging pupils to see other film versions of Shakespeare’s plays.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).

                                                   SUM11:79
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

        Summer’s Blood: Creating Poetic Images
                     SUM11:80
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                  2                   3                  4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Michael Parker, Teacher and Performance Poet

Places available:             20


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                             th
    RSPB, Pulborough Brooks                    10.00 – 3.00*      Saturday 16 July 2011                 5/6


*           Parents and carers are invited to a performance of the pupils’ poetry at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish

NB          As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure pupils wear suitable clothing for the weather on
            the day.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      enjoys writing imaginatively;
•      likes being outside;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker, willing to experiment with new ideas;
•      uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•      enjoys performance and performing;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the poetry of Michael Parker, Seamus Heaney and others;

•      understand how writers and poets are inspired;

•      understand the complexities of the creative process from inspiration to performance;

•      be able to connect ideas with imagery and express this in poetry and creative writing;

•      develop their writing technique with an awareness of the power of imagery;

•      be able to share their work with an awareness of the impact of the performance;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysis of the ideas expressed in the performed poetry,
       thinking imaginatively about their surroundings, expressing ideas creatively and evaluating the results.
Course Details:

The course will begin with a performance of poetry by Michael Parker of his own poetry and of the work of other poets.
 Pupils will discuss the use of language and how the poets drew inspiration from their inner and outer worlds and how
that translated onto the page.

They will then explore the surrounding environment, finding inspiration in what is discovered for sharing ideas of
interest to the individual. Using images from the exploration that resonated with the individual, and thinking about the
effects used by the studied poets, the pupils will write a piece of image-rich poetry or prose. Michael will discuss
editing issues as they arise.

The pupils will then be split into groups to compete in voice and rhythm games to prepare for performance. In an
appropriate location, pupils perform their poems to each other engaging the audience with voice, movement and
participation where required and will discuss how the writing of their own work gives insight into the merits of the
studied literature. The course will end with an evaluation of the workshop, the writing and the performance of the
poetry. The group will also discuss what individuals would like to do with poetry in the future.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Writing pad / paper

 Pens, pencils etc

 Stout footwear

 Warm / waterproof clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teacher, parents and carers and friends, particularly lookin g
at their surroundings imaginatively and expressing ideas as performed poetry.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:80
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                         An Active Chaucer Workshop
                                  SUM11:81
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Jerome Monahan MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:             25


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                           Group
                                                                             th
    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00*      Saturday 7 May 2011                        6


*           Parents are warmly invited to a short presentation by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish.

N.B This course concentrates on the language NOT the performance.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      willingly experiments with new material;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      enjoys drama and is willing to participate in writing and a performance;
•      enjoys art and history – the day will include an element of art appreciation;
•      has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•      enjoy working in groups as well as independently;
•      enjoys using literature as a spring-board for their own creativity;
•      can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
       evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•      has the capacity to demonstrate high level speaking and listening skills;
•      has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      have enriched their understanding of Chaucer and The Canterbury Tales;

•      be able to perform (and even learn) lines, speeches and scenes drawn from The Canterbury Tales;

•      understand how to use The Canterbury Tales as a spring-board for writing their own rich imagistic or metaphoric
       prose or poetry;

•      develop their language skills through exploring and speaking Chaucer’s English.
Course Details:

“Whan that Aprille with his shoures soote
When April’s gentle showers pierce to the root
The droghte of Marche hath perced to the rote…
The drought of March…”

So begins the prologue to the Canterbury Tales. Next to the Bible and Shakespeare, Chaucer, and in particular his
Canterbury Tales, exerts one of the most powerful influences over English Literature and our broader culture. This
workshop is designed to give pupils a chance to explore some of the main tales through active drama techniques.

At the end of the session pupils should have a clearer understanding of who Chaucer was and when he wrote the
Canterbury Tales. It might even touch on the recent view that he might have been murdered. They will have had a
taste of the general prologue, learning about some of the key story-telling characters and also a chance to explore
one or more of the main tales in some detail – even speaking and communicating with the original Chaucerian
English.

The day will culminate in a brief performance/exhibition of the day’s experiences illustrating pupils’ learning about
Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales – parents and teachers welcome. A typical ‘end show’ will involve pupils performing key
moments from a selected tale or tales.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                          Writing pad/paper

 Mid-session snack                   Sketch pad

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of
what each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.

In the short term the workshop will give pupils a head start in terms of their knowledge and understanding of one
of the key literary works in Western culture. General knowledge of Chaucer and his language is a must for any
pupil wanting to get a solid foundation from which to understand the development of English as a language and
the history of literature.

Pupils will be encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and throughout the day they will
be learning approaches and ideas that will be entirely transferable to other plays and poetry.

The day will also include an element of art appreciation and clearly this can be developed by parents and schools
through visits to galleries and museums.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).

                                                  SUM11:81
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Stop-Frame Animation
                                   SUM11:82
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rosie Holmes, Animator and Film-maker based in Brighton

Places available:           12


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Millais School, Horsham                     10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 7th May 2011 AND               6
                                                                             th
                                                                Saturday 14 May 2011
                                                                **A commitment to BOTH
                                                                sessions is required



NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to think creatively and on their feet;
•    has an outstanding ability in making up stories and inventing characters;
•    is imaginative, inventive, innovative and experimental;
•    is an original thinker;
•    is enthusiastic about stories, animations and films;
•    can take inspiration from other things but also has ideas of their own;
•    has a sense of humour and an eye for the unusual;
•    enjoys drawing and is confident in transferring a vision into a design;
•    can think visually;
•    has drawing and making skills though not necessarily in a traditional sense – they do not need to be able to copy
     things accurately but as long as they have confidence in what they do and a vision of what they want;
•    is able to work independently and in collaboration as part of a small group;
•    needs to be patient and be able to persevere with the task at hand and have an eye for detail.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    learn about simple stop-frame animation techniques;

•    learn how to make, manipulate and animate shadow puppets or 3D objects;

•    have a deeper understanding of stories and how they relate to all of us;

•    learn about characterisation: make up characters for the story, turn them into puppets and develop them, animate
     them and direct them;

•    develop higher order thinking skills by learning about movement frame by frame, encouraging imagination,
     experimentation and collaboration and developing skills in decision making and direction.
Course Details:

This course will involve making a short animation film with shadow puppets and 3D objects. Pupils will learn how to
make shadow puppets or plasticene puppets and how to manipulate, animate and direct them. The course will
engage with traditional stories in a way that is inventive and experimental but also sometimes involves creating their
own original narratives based on dreams (or other experiences) to animate. They will learn how stories evolve and
change according to the group and to the puppets that are used.

Pupils will learn how to make lots of different decisions in the course of making the film both individually and as part of
a group. Pupils will invent characters for the story and learn to develop and direct them both using the animation
techniques and using storyboards. They will also make and collect props and background scenery mostly out of card
and material. The puppets will be animated using very simple stop-frame animation techniques on a computer using
video cameras and/or SLR cameras.

This course will also cover very basic sound effects and voice-overs. The course is intended to be a very intensive,
creative and fun with the aim of telling a story and making a film as the end result which will then be uploaded into
Youtube.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents especially Art teachers and English
teachers. The video will appear on Youtube approximately one week after the course so that teachers, parents and
friends can view and discuss the film.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:82
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                    On Stage – Performance Skills
                             SUM11:83
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                      4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Elle Osborne, Musician and Performance Artist, Brighton

Places available:           14


Venue                                         Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                             th
The Hub, Central Sussex College,              10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 7 May 2011 AND
Haywards Heath                                                   Saturday 14th May 2011 **A                 6
                                                                 commitment to BOTH sessions is
                                                                 required**



NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•     has outstanding ability in performance (music, theatre or dance);
•     demonstrates a sense of presentation at a level beyond their peers;
•     shows a keen interest in stage work;
•     enjoys creative teamwork;
•     is a creative and imaginative thinker, and is able to communicate ideas with others;
•     uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•     can think at higher levels, such as analysis and interpretation of text;
•     perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•     know more about the performance process and what makes a compelling performance;

•     understand more about the relationship between the performer, the audience and the material;

•    be able to develop their stage presence and explore techniques for over-coming nerves;

•     develop further their creative expression and individuality, and higher order thinking skills.


Research Before The Course:

Pupils must bring a prepared piece to perform and develop, of approximately one and a half to two minutes in length.
‘Prepared’ means lines/moves/parts learnt, but not a piece which has been performed more than once by the pupil
already. Any type of performance welcome, but no backing track CDs, if singing.
Course Details:

This course will explore the exciting world of performance. Pupils will work independently and with tutors, in small
groups and as a company, to explore and develop their performance skills, using their prepared piece as a basis.
There will be an emphasis on developing individual expression as well as technique.

Building on the skills introduced in the first week, we will continue to explore the exciting world of performance. Pupils
will develop further their prepared solo piece.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Other: a prepared piece to perform

 Plastic bottle of water (no fizzy
 drinks or sugary snacks)

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and could be given the opportunity to
demonstrate their performance techniques.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).




                                                   SUM11:83
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Step Back In Time
                                       SUM11:84
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Brenda Thompson, Education Officer, Arundel Castle

Places available:           24


Venue                                         Time                Date                                   Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                          th
Arundel Castle                                10.30 – 3.00        Sunday 8 May 2011
                                                                                                         6
                                                                  **Please note this course is
                                                                  running on a Sunday**



PARENTS PLEASE NOTE

Please enter through the main entrance in Mill Road (called Lower Lodge). You will be met by our guides.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in history and is able to discuss ideas about life in the past;
•    is able to climb many stairs;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in history;
•    enjoys drama and role play;
•    is familiar with/or shows keen interest in Heraldry;
•    has a confident and outgoing nature;
•    is an imaginative and creative thinker;
•    works well with others as well as individually;
•    has a high level of listening and speaking skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about everyday life in mediaeval times, in various roles and different levels of society;

•    understand how background knowledge/understanding is a vital component for realistic contextual and character
     development in role play/drama;

•    be able to work effectively as part of a team;

•    develop further their creative thinking skills through problem solving.
Course Details:

After some introductory ice-breakers to get to know one another, pupils will be introduced to mediaeval times through
object handling and an opportunity to explore the most ancient parts of the Castle. Throughout the tour they will be
encouraged to use their imaginations and develop an idea of what it felt like to be living in the 11th and 12th centuries.

Armed with a collection of knowledge/ideas about mediaeval daily life, for a variety of social classes, the pupils will
return to the Education Room to develop a role play scenario based on historical events at the Castle. Then, with the
use of some costumes and props, they will act out the roles they have developed in the Castle or Grounds depending
on the weather.

A break for lunch will be followed by investigating heraldry, finding out some of the heraldic terms and rules. Later
they will design their own coat of arms adhering to the heraldic rules and describe what they have made in heraldic
language.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear
 Camera (optional)

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and deepen their understanding through
background reading and visiting other historic buildings and museums, particularly those offering re-enactments.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:84
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

        Stories And Storytelling From The Weald:
                Act 3 – ‘The Performance’
                        SUM11:85
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Philip Haskell, Weald Countryside Education Officer, Buchan Country Park,
                                        Crawley

Places available:             18


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                           Group
                                                                              th
    Countryside Centre, Buchan Country          10.00 – 1.00       Saturday 11 June 2011                   6
    Park, Crawley                                                  *This is part 3 of 3 sessions which
                                                                   has taken place over the last 3
                                                                   terms.


NB      As some of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor
clothing.

Pupils who attended Stories And Storytelling From The Weald – Act 1 ‘The Inspiration’ 6th November 2010
                                                                        th
and/or Stories And Storytelling From The Weald – Act 2 ‘The Plot’ on 12 February 2011 are encouraged
to apply for this workshop. However if any pupil did not attend the previous workshops they are still
welcome to attend this one, as prior knowledge is not essential.

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in English, history and geography;
•      demonstrates at a level beyond their peers in literacy and writing;
•      shows a keen interest in and is able to discuss ideas about the environment, the past, and literature;
•      enjoys creating, writing and telling stories for others;
•      enjoys drama and performance;
•      can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and providing evaluative explanations about
       historical and fictional characters and stories within the landscape;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•      uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•      is committed to having a go at unusual and different activities;
•      perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.

Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the history and art of storytelling and some of the stories from the past which have enriched
       our perspective and understanding about the wildlife and landscape of the Weald;

•      know of different methods to construct a story around those ideas;

•      understand the importance of stories and storytelling within the context of the local landscape, wildlife and the
       community past, present and future;

•      be able to create, construct and present a story originating from the landscape and real and fictional characters
       from the historical past;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills through recall, interpretation and imagination by becoming a
       storytelling character.
Course Details:

This is part 3 of a planned series of 3 workshops that will explore the interesting world of the history of stories and
storytelling within the Wealden landscape. The pupils who attended the previous ones are encouraged to attend this
workshop as it brings together all the inspirational ideas into a story line, plot and characters. However this workshop
is intended to be complete on its own so attendance on the previous workshops is not necessary.

The third workshop is the introduction to the ancient art of the storyteller and the different techniques in orally
presenting your story to an audience. They will enjoy playing games that strengthen their confidence in developing
ideas and retelling stories to a wider audience. They will then develop ideas in different ways of presenting a short
story or folktale. Throughout the morning pupils will be encouraged to develop their ideas by creating and presenting a
story based around the real historical characters from the Victorian Buchan Hill Estate.

They will then, in small groups, present brief stories based around their characters and some artefacts to the pupils
and tutors.

Finally if time permits there will be an opportunity to discuss and review each others’ stories and presentations; and
also discuss the potential of developing a local storytelling circle within their school.


Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack                    Stout Footwear (wellingtons)

 Pens, pencils etc                    Waterproof Clothing

 Writing pad/paper                    Camera (optional)
 Sketch pad
                                      Other: suitable clothing for time of
                                      year and weather on the day plus
                                      an item of clothing and/or object
                                      suitable as a prop for a Victorian or
                                      Edwardian person to wear
                                      (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers. They are also encouraged to continue
to develop and write stories based around the Weald and their own local landscape and experiences. Those
enthusiastic can develop and encourage with their peers to form their own storytelling activities or club at school.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:85
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

                           Poetry: A Write Approach
                                  SUM11:86
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                   3                    4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Erica Glew, Teacher and Author

Places available:            15


 Venue                                         Time                Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group
                                                                              th
 Southern Area Professional Centre,            10.00 -2.45*        Saturday 11 June 2011                     6
 Worthing


N.B This course is for pupils attending schools in the south and west of the county only.

* Parents are then welcome to browse the “Pupils’ Wall” at the end of the day.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    loves reading fiction and might already enjoy reading poetry;
•    is working at National Curriculum Level 5;
•    has advanced listening skills i.e careful, absorbed, courteous and responsive;
•    enjoys creative and imaginative thinking and will persevere at developing it;
•    might be intrigued by the quirky and the different rather then being suspicious of it;
•    enjoys writing and has the stamina to persevere and develop it to a final product;
•    may have an interest in history and other humanities subjects, art and design, or the arts in general – music, film,
     theatre, fashion design or architecture;
•    enjoys and is interested in or is very aware of the natural world;
•    has highly developed intrapersonal intelligence.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    develop further their intrapersonal intelligence in the writing of their own poem and in the writing of their detailed
     practical criticism of one of the poems read and discussed during the course;

•    understand and appreciate the importance of themselves, their experiences of the others they come into contact
     with and their own responses to the world in which they live – near and far;

•    be able to think and write about any poem from now on, no matter how accessible or challenging they find it,
     using higher order thinking: analysing, synthesising, evaluating, using some of the strategies practised on the
     course.
Course Details:

The course will include activities to help the pupils sharpen their focus on themselves as individuals – their feelings,
their thoughts, their reactions. We will look at some of the available creative notebooks of artists, writers and artisans
of the past and will make some pages for a Commonplace Book of their own which can be the start of their own
creative notebooking both in and out of school.

Writing The pupils will use the pages they create to help them to write a poem of their own which will show signs of
careful thought and reflection on feeling. At this point there will be a lot of quiet and so those selected for the course
must already have sufficiently well developed emotional intelligence to be able to concentrate, to respect the needs of
others to work in silence and on their own and to recognise this supports their own effective writing. Pupils will be
encouraged to discuss their writing during the shaping process with the course tutor. The poems will be shared and
some of the features and possible difficulties the pupils encountered will be discussed in the group (if the individual
pupil is happy to do so) and sensitive, positive feedback from other pupils will be sought.

Reading We will then read and discuss a range of poems and focus on one or two in considerable detail. Other
writing and visual texts will be used to deepen, broaden and sharpen the discussion and the sophistication of
understanding. The pupils will be analysing and engaging in carefully reasoned speculation. They will be
synthesising and establishing and developing their own argument and they will be making evaluative opinions and
judgements.

Writing - About a Poem The pupils will review the kinds of things we discussed in response to our reading of and
thinking about the poems. We will read one or two examples of responses to poems written by other pupils and briefly
discuss some of the features. We will discuss various important simple frameworks they can use from now on to help
make their thinking and writing more precise and incisive. They will then choose one of the poems we discussed - or
that we simply read - to write their own careful, detailed response – in fact, their own practical criticism essay.

The day will conclude with a “coming together” to include posting the work of the day up on a “ Pupils’ Wall” for each
other to browse, some readings from the pupils’ own poems and the reading of short extracts from some of their
essays. All this sounds very worthy and serious but the poems we will be working with will be “up-beat”. They will be
funny, one or two will be quirky and some will explore quite profound positive feelings. Shelley, Keats, Shakespeare
and some outstanding modern poets will feature!

Please bring:


 Packed lunch                           Plenty of water to drink in a clear bottle

 Mid session snack                      A pen to write with and reserve pen / pencil

                                        Coloured pencils, watercolours or easily transportable
                                        poster paints etc, paintbrushes and a plastic, empty
                                        yoghurt type pot for water (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and, as indicated above, encouraged to
continue to keep a creative notebook, write poems, and read avidly! It would be excellent for the pupil’s development
in literacy if schools could create opportunities for their pupil(s) to use the advanced literacy skills in practical criticism
they have been introduced to from time to time over the next year as an important part of their provision for pre-
transition to Key Stage 3 and beyond. A small collection of poems will be given to the pupils to take away with them
for use in school and/or at home. These can be used by the school and the pupils’ written responses read and
discussed, for instance, either with their teacher, their head teacher or G&T Lead Teacher/Co-ordinator. They could,
of course, be very elaborately and imaginatively presented, or beautifully simple.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                      SUM11:86
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

                           Poetry: A Write Approach
                                  SUM11:87
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                   2                   3                    4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Erica Glew, Teacher and Author

Places available:            15


 Venue                                         Time                Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group
                                                                              th
 County Hall North, Horsham                    10.00 -2.45*        Saturday 18 June 2011                     6


N.B This course is for pupils attending schools in the north and central areas of the County only.

* Parents are then welcome to browse the “Pupils’ Wall” at the end of the day.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    loves reading fiction and might already enjoy reading poetry;
•    is working at National Curriculum Level 5;
•    has advanced listening skills i.e careful, absorbed, courteous and responsive;
•    enjoys creative and imaginative thinking and will persevere at developing it;
•    might be intrigued by the quirky and the different rather then being suspicious of it;
•    enjoys writing and has the stamina to persevere and develop it to a final product;
•    may have an interest in history and other humanities subjects, art and design, or the arts in general – music, film,
     theatre, fashion design or architecture;
•    enjoys and is interested in or is very aware of the natural world;
•    has highly developed intrapersonal intelligence.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    develop further their intrapersonal intelligence in the writing of their own poem and in the writing of their detailed
     practical criticism of one of the poems read and discussed during the course;

•    understand and appreciate the importance of themselves, their experiences of the others they come into contact
     with and their own responses to the world in which they live – near and far;

•    be able to think and write about any poem from now on, no matter how accessible or challenging they find it,
     using higher order thinking: analysing, synthesising, evaluating, using some of the strategies practised on the
     course.
Course Details:

The course will include activities to help the pupils sharpen their focus on themselves as individuals – their feelings,
their thoughts, their reactions. We will look at some of the available creative notebooks of artists, writers and artisans
of the past and will make some pages for a Commonplace Book of their own which can be the start of their own
creative notebooking both in and out of school.

Writing The pupils will use the pages they create to help them to write a poem of their own which will show signs of
careful thought and reflection on feeling. At this point there will be a lot of quiet and so those selected for the course
must already have sufficiently well developed emotional intelligence to be able to concentrate, to respect the needs of
others to work in silence and on their own and to recognise this supports their own effective writing. Pupils will be
encouraged to discuss their writing during the shaping process with the course tutor. The poems will be shared and
some of the features and possible difficulties the pupils encountered will be discussed in the group (if the individual
pupil is happy to do so) and sensitive, positive feedback from other pupils will be sought.

Reading We will then read and discuss a range of poems and focus on one or two in considerable detail. Other
writing and visual texts will be used to deepen, broaden and sharpen the discussion and the sophistication of
understanding. The pupils will be analysing and engaging in carefully reasoned speculation. They will be
synthesising and establishing and developing their own argument and they will be making evaluative opinions and
judgements.

Writing - About a Poem The pupils will review the kinds of things we discussed in response to our reading of and
thinking about the poems. We will read one or two examples of responses to poems written by other pupils and briefly
discuss some of the features. We will discuss various important simple frameworks they can use from now on to help
make their thinking and writing more precise and incisive. They will then choose one of the poems we discussed - or
that we simply read - to write their own careful, detailed response – in fact, their own practical criticism essay.

The day will conclude with a “coming together” to include posting the work of the day up on a “ Pupils’ Wall” for each
other to browse, some readings from the pupils’ own poems and the reading of short extracts from some of their
essays. All this sounds very worthy and serious but the poems we will be working with will be “up-beat”. They will be
funny, one or two will be quirky and some will explore quite profound positive feelings. Shelley, Keats, Shakespeare
and some outstanding modern poets will feature!

Please bring:


 Packed lunch                           Plenty of water to drink in a clear bottle

 Mid session snack                      A pen to write with and reserve pen / pencil

                                        Coloured pencils, watercolours or easily transportable
                                        poster paints etc, paintbrushes and a plastic, empty
                                        yoghurt type pot for water (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and, as indicated above, encouraged to
continue to keep a creative notebook, write poems, and read avidly! It would be excellent for the pupil’s development
in literacy if schools could create opportunities for their pupil(s) to use the advanced literacy skills in practical criticism
they have been introduced to from time to time over the next year as an important part of their provision for pre-
transition to Key Stage 3 and beyond. A small collection of poems will be given to the pupils to take away with them
for use in school and/or at home. These can be used by the school and the pupils’ written responses read and
discussed, for instance, either with their teacher, their head teacher or G&T Lead Teacher/Co-ordinator. They could,
of course, be very elaborately and imaginatively presented, or beautifully simple.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                      SUM11:87
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

           Creativity And Fun With World Rhythms!
                          SUM11:88
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher and Craig Warnock

Places available:             16


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group

    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 25th June 2011                     6/7

*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:


•      must be able to keep a steady beat – non negotiable!
•      is self-disciplined and self-aware for their age;
•      is able to work in pairs and as part of a group for diverse musical activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different strokes
       and/or enjoy vocalization (singing, recitation and vocal improvisation – but not involving harmony or melody);
•      has a keen interest in rhythm and drumming;
•      may be competent on another instrument, showing a flair for improvisation and accommodation/transposition of
       other musical ideas or structures into their playing;
•      may have both mathematical and/or linguistic skills as opposed to evident musical skills or have a keen interest in
       rhythm and drumming, and would enjoy exposure to a completely new musical experience.

IMPORTANT: Pupils are not required to be able to read music, or understand a Western musical notation and
these workshops are not just for boys!


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

       •    learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
            relevance with Western music;

       •    experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and as
            part of a group;

       •    experience a very different and multi-faceted process of learning, broadly an Eastern model involving
            copying and repetition, internalization of pulse and repertoire;

       •    be able to play and recite tabla phrases, both over a beat and within a cyclical structure;

       •    develop their creativity at their own pace through both improvisation and group participation.
Course Details:

Tabla is a sophisticated and versatile form of drumming, increasingly used in a wide range of contemporary Western
music, especially where evocative sounds and improvisation are needed. These enjoyable and participatory
workshops offer both an introduction to classical tabla and, significantly, new ideas and approaches for transferring its
recited language to other percussion instruments and drums. There will be much hands-on playing, and everyone will
be part of an exciting multi-layered ensemble. (Parents and family members are invited to be part of the end of the
session for a short presentation and performance).

Please note that these workshops are not only for musicians! There will be many young people who have a
previously unrecognised or unfulfilled predisposition for enjoying this type of creativity and experience.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Comfortable clothing for sitting on
                                      floor (ideally no football shirts)

 Water                                Other: cushion

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents, pupils, and teachers are invited to contact the tutor or access his website: Steve Morley, 01273 245939.
Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their peer group.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:88
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Improvised Comedy
                                       SUM11:89
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                     2                3                  4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Rachel Blackman, Performance Artist and Dancer, based in Brighton

Places available:             16


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                          Group
                                                                             th
    County Hall North, Horsham                 10.00 - 3.00*      Saturday 25 June 2011                   6


*           Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30 for a 3.00 finish.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      displays a keen interest in, or a high level of ability in drama, acting, comedy and/or performance;
•      exhibits a high level of creative and imaginative flair;
•      is not afraid to take creative risks in public;
•      has high level thinking and listening skills;
•      can think and act spontaneously;
•      can work both as individuals and as part of an ensemble;
•      has some experience of performing in front of an audience (useful, but not essential).




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      take away a series of great performance games that can be played anywhere, at any time, with anyone;

•      grow in creative self confidence;

•      learn how to support each other’s creative ideas;

•      have fun whilst being creatively challenged;

•      develop skills to support and structure their raw self-expression;

•      further their higher order thinking skills by developing emotional intelligence, stimulating creative and rapid
       problem solving and by encouraging multiple points of view.
Course Details:

This course is an introduction to the exciting world of improvised comedy. Pupils will be given opportunities to create
spontaneous (and very funny) performances from scratch using audience suggestions. No scripts, no props.

Participants are encouraged to trust their impulses, listen actively, commit to each other’s imaginative offers and are
applauded (literally) for leaping into the unknown, even if it results in failure! ‘Failures’ provide some of the best
opportunities for comedy and the most unexpected, sometimes ‘mistakes’ are just opportunities waiting to happen.

Improvised comedy is collaborative and encourages young performers to play as part of an ensemble. Participants
learn that improvised games fall apart unless the group is in collaboration and agreement, and all elements are
working together in service to a scene or a game. Trying to be a star doesn’t work! The results are at once hugely
entertaining and rich in learning and sharing.

The day concludes with a performance of the games to an audience of friends and family who will be asked to provide
suggestions for scenes that are played out.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Bottled water / Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Comfortable clothes to move
 freely in

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents are encouraged to attend a performance of the material learned throughout the day during the final hour of
class. Parents attending the show are encouraged to offer suggestions for scenes at the request of pupils or the
director (Rachel). Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and fill out the
feedback forms provided.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:89
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Stop-Frame Animation
                                   SUM11:90
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rosie Holmes, Animator and Film-maker based in Brighton

Places available:           12


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Millais School, Horsham                     10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 18th June 2011 AND             6
                                                                Saturday 2nd July 2011
                                                                **A commitment to BOTH
                                                                sessions is required



NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is able to think creatively and on their feet;
•    has an outstanding ability in making up stories and inventing characters;
•    is imaginative, inventive, innovative and experimental;
•    is an original thinker;
•    is enthusiastic about stories, animations and films;
•    can take inspiration from other things but also has ideas of their own;
•    has a sense of humour and an eye for the unusual;
•    enjoys drawing and is confident in transferring a vision into a design;
•    can think visually;
•    has drawing and making skills though not necessarily in a traditional sense – they do not need to be able to copy
     things accurately but as long as they have confidence in what they do and a vision of what they want;
•    is able to work independently and in collaboration as part of a small group;
•    needs to be patient and be able to persevere with the task at hand and have an eye for detail.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    learn about simple stop-frame animation techniques;

•    learn how to make, manipulate and animate shadow puppets or 3D objects;

•    have a deeper understanding of stories and how they relate to all of us;

•    learn about characterisation: make up characters for the story, turn them into puppets and develop them, animate
     them and direct them;

•    develop higher order thinking skills by learning about movement frame by frame, encouraging imagination,
     experimentation and collaboration and developing skills in decision making and direction.
Course Details:

This course will involve making a short animation film with shadow puppets and 3D objects. Pupils will learn how to
make shadow puppets or plasticene puppets and how to manipulate, animate and direct them. The course will
engage with traditional stories in a way that is inventive and experimental but also sometimes involves creating their
own original narratives based on dreams (or other experiences) to animate. They will learn how stories evolve and
change according to the group and to the puppets that are used.

Pupils will learn how to make lots of different decisions in the course of making the film both individually and as part of
a group. Pupils will invent characters for the story and learn to develop and direct them both using the animation
techniques and using storyboards. They will also make and collect props and background scenery mostly out of card
and material. The puppets will be animated using very simple stop-frame animation techniques on a computer using
video cameras and/or SLR cameras.

This course will also cover very basic sound effects and voice-overs. The course is intended to be a very intensive,
creative and fun with the aim of telling a story and making a film as the end result which will then be uploaded into
Youtube.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents especially Art teachers and English
teachers. The video will appear on Youtube approximately one week after the course so that teachers, parents and
friends can view and discuss the film.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:90
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                      SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Step Back In Time
                                       SUM11:91
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                        4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Brenda Thompson, Education Officer, Arundel Castle

Places available:           24


Venue                                         Time                Date                                   Year
                                                                                                         Group
Arundel Castle                                10.30 – 3.00        Saturday 2
                                                                               nd
                                                                                    July 2011            6



PARENTS PLEASE NOTE

Please enter through the main entrance in Mill Road (called Lower Lodge). You will be met by our guides.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in history and is able to discuss ideas about life in the past;
•    is able to climb many stairs;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in history;
•    enjoys drama and role play;
•    is familiar with/or shows keen interest in Heraldry;
•    has a confident and outgoing nature;
•    is an imaginative and creative thinker;
•    works well with others as well as individually;
•    has a high level of listening and speaking skills.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about everyday life in mediaeval times, in various roles and different levels of society;

•    understand how background knowledge/understanding is a vital component for realistic contextual and character
     development in role play/drama;

•    be able to work effectively as part of a team;

•    develop further their creative thinking skills through problem solving.
Course Details:

After some introductory ice-breakers to get to know one another, pupils will be introduced to mediaeval times through
object handling and an opportunity to explore the most ancient parts of the Castle. Throughout the tour they will be
encouraged to use their imaginations and develop an idea of what it felt like to be living in the 11th and 12th centuries.

Armed with a collection of knowledge/ideas about mediaeval daily life, for a variety of social classes, the pupils will
return to the Education Room to develop a role play scenario based on historical events at the Castle. Then, with the
use of some costumes and props, they will act out the roles they have developed in the Castle or Grounds depending
on the weather.

A break for lunch will be followed by investigating heraldry, finding out some of the heraldic terms and rules. Later
they will design their own coat of arms adhering to the heraldic rules and describe what they have made in heraldic
language.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Stout Footwear
 Camera (optional)

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and deepen their understanding through
background reading and visiting other historic buildings and museums, particularly those offering re-enactments.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:91
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Office Of Mysteries HQ
                                     SUM11:92
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                    4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               ‘Officer’ Louise Aplin and ‘Officer’ Sheila Carr

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                             nd
 St Peter’s CEP School, Cowfold               9.30 - 12.30       Saturday 2       July 2011              6



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has outstanding ability in problem solving;
•    demonstrates writing skills at a level beyond their peers;
•    shows a keen interest in investigations;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to apply their existing knowledge and skills to a new context;

•    understand how careful and considered thinking processes can be used to solve a number of problems and
     puzzles;

•    be able to work confidently in collaborative learning situations;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by questioning, analysing, evaluating and hypothesising.
Course Details:

Pupils will be invited to join the Office of Mysteries HQ for a morning of detective challenge.

During the actual session, groups of pupils will be working in collaboration on a fictitious, imaginary map that involves
a number of problems that have to be overcome, in order to rescue a character.

Having determined how they would conduct the rescue, pupils then work individually on a detailed report of their
mission, in the form of a six-chapter storyboard. They choose whether to use pure text, annotated illustrations, or a
mixture of both to compile their report.

The investigations provide an exciting context for pupils to apply a range of social, communication and learning skills
that captures their imagination, curiosity and commitment – and all through having fun!


Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:92
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Willow Wildfowl
                                         SUM11:93
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                     4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Claire Drew, Learning Manager, Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust

Places available:           10


 Venue                                        Time              Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                           nd
 Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust,                   10.00 – 3.30      Saturday 2      July 2011                 6
 Arundel



NB         As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have adequate outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a high level of interest and enthusiasm in art;
•    demonstrates an ability to work in 3 Dimensions;
•    shows a keen interest in the environment and wildlife;
•    enjoys being outdoors and exploring the world around them;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to work with a partner as well as independently;
•    can think at higher levels, such as problem solving and translating 2D drawings to 3D sculptures;
•    can discuss ideas and evaluate processes;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    experience the whole process of developing work from idea to finished piece;

•    understand the basics of how to construct a 3D sculpture using willow;

•    participate in an end of session group critique;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through problem solving and evaluation.
Course Details:

Over the day pupils will spend time outdoors getting close to and observing our wildfowl, ducks, geese and swans
from around the world. They will get to know the birds through observation, sketches and notes. They will then
translate these drawings into designs to develop into their own 3D structure. Pupils will be working with willow and a
selection of natural materials found on site to construct their sculpture. Throughout the designing and making process
pupils will be working with a partner to problem solve and to help each other to produce their own individual works of
art. Most importantly pupils will have a challenging and fun day.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                          Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                   Waterproof Clothing

 Sketch pad                          Camera (optional)

                                     Other: suitable outdoor clothing for
                                     time of year and weather on the day

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to investigate artists who work with
natural materials. Pupils may enjoy visiting ‘The Heart of Reeds’ project in Lewes.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:93
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Free The Poem
                                         SUM11:94
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3                  4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rachel Rooney, Poet, based in Brighton and Sonya Smith, Poet

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                           nd
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           10.00 - 3.00       Saturday 2     July 2011              6
 Worthing


* Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    displays creativity in writing, either poetry or song writing;
•    shows an aptitude for word play and a willingness to stretch their imagination;
•    enjoys playing with ideas, challenging the status quo, is a creative thinker and able to work independently;
•    demonstrates an openness to experimenting in the mechanics of writing, as well as a curiosity in reading.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how a poem is constructed;

•    understand that poems come from a variety of sources;

•    be able to adopt different poetic voices to achieve an effect;

•    develop further their own personal style and have the courage to experiment with language and think in new
     ways.
Course Details:

This course, led by two published poets, provides a stimulating experience for all pupils who love writing. During the
session pupils will take part in a series of exercises aimed at showing different aspects of the creative process, for
example, monologue, the importance of concrete description as opposed to abstraction and the use of fiction to show
truth. Pupils will be encouraged to experiment, think laterally, to share their work, to learn how to select their own most
successful work and to appreciate the importance of drafting. Most of all, they will be encouraged to appreciate that
poetry is fun and relies not on high academic achievement (i.e. there are no clearly defined right and wrong ways of
writing) but on communicating a new way of seeing.
Writing poetry encourages pupils to make connections between images and ideas, to explore questions and find
creative answers to those questions. They are encouraged to challenge received language, and therefore thought,
and make decisions about their creative solutions. These skills can be explored and engaged in different ways within
every age group.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack
 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. Where possible, schools could
support or establish poetry clubs or networks of young poets who have either attended the sessions, or who are
interested in writing.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:94
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

             Beginnings – A Practical Workshop In
                  Advanced English/ Literacy
                          SUM11:95
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                    4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Erica Glew, Teacher and Author

Places available:            15


 Venue                                        Time                Date                                     Year
                                                                                                           Group
 County Hall North, Horsham                   10.00 -2.45*        Saturday 9th July 2011                   6




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    loves reading fiction;
•    is working at National Curriculum Level 5,6 or beyond in Reading or Writing;
•    is an advanced listener, has careful, absorbed, courteous and responsive listening skills;
•    enjoys creative and imaginative thinking and will persevere at developing it;
•    is intrigued by the quirky and the different rather then being suspicious of it;
•    enjoys writing and has the stamina to persevere and develop it to a final product;
•    has an interest in history and other humanities subjects, art and design, or the arts in general – music, film,
     theatre, fashion design or architecture;
•    enjoys and is interested in or is very aware of the natural world;
•    has highly developed intrapersonal intelligence.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    develop further their intrapersonal intelligence in the writing of analytical and evaluative responses to one of the
     texts studied on the course and in their planning and creation of either a storyboard or script for the beginning of
     a film;

•    understand and appreciate the central importance of themselves, their experiences, and those of the others they
     come into contact with and their own responses to the world in which they live;

•    be able to think and write about any text from now on, no matter how accessible or challenging they find it, using
     higher order thinking: analysing, synthesising, evaluating, using some of the strategies practised on the course.
Course Details:


This course is an extension and enrichment counterpart to the Poetry: A Write Approach course. The two form a
complete introduction to advanced reading, thinking, speaking and listening in English/Literacy for pupils who are
approaching the transition to secondary school or who are already in their first year at secondary school. It will focus
on watching the beginnings of films and we will also read the beginnings of some novels. The course aims to broaden
horizons, give access to activities they might not have had the opportunity to have had at that stage in school and
provide them with the foundations they can put into practice from now on in their own work in English/Literacy.

Reading and Higher Order Thinking and Speaking
The pupils will watch and, through discussion, analyse the detailed meanings established by the beginnings of several
striking films. The brief clips shown will be age-suitable. Pupils’ existing knowledge of the techniques of film making
will be built on and we will consider how these different methods are used effectively to involve the audience in the
narrative at an early stage. Such key concepts as: narrative, characterisation, genre, representation and ideas/values
will be at the heart of our watching and discussing.

Higher Order Thinking and Writing
The pupils will follow this up with writing their own, carefully developed analytical and evaluative formal essay on one
of the films we will have looked at (this builds on, and reinforces, the poetry essay writing work of the ‘sister course’ –
Poetry: A Write Approach).

Higher Order Thinking and Creating
Pupils will use their understanding of genre to invent their own beginning for a film. They will choose whether they
make a storyboard using their own artwork for the beginning sequences of their own imagined film or whether they
would like to write their own beginning for a film script. What they have learnt from their earlier watching and
analysing of films will be incorporated into their own creative work.

Higher Order Reading, Speaking, Thinking and Writing
We will read and discuss the beginnings of a range of advanced texts – these will include, novels, short stories and
autobiographical writing. We will look at such aspects as settings, characterisation, the elements of plot development
and writers’ possible intentions and purposes.

Pupils will write their own beginnings to a short story or piece of autobiographical writing, putting into practice all they
have learnt during this workshop.

The day will conclude with the pupils creating an exhibition of their work for their fellow pupils and parents.

Resources: films, the beginnings to a range of novels, short stories and autobiographical writing


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Mid session snack

 Plenty of water to drink in a clear   A pen to write with and spare pen / pencil
 bottle

                                       Coloured pencils, watercolours or easily transportable
                                       poster paints etc, paintbrushes and a plastic, empty
                                       yoghurt type pot for water (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to continue their short story or
autobiographical writing begun in the workshop, using all they have learnt at the workshop about how to establish and
sustain the interest of their readers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:95
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

             Beginnings – A Practical Workshop In
                  Advanced English/ Literacy
                          SUM11:96
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                    4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Erica Glew, Teacher and Author

Places available:            15


 Venue                                        Time                Date                                     Year
                                                                                                           Group
 County Hall North, Horsham                   10.00 -2.45*        Saturday 25th June 2011                  7




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    loves reading fiction;
•    is working at National Curriculum Level 5,6 or beyond in Reading or Writing;
•    is an advanced listener, has careful, absorbed, courteous and responsive listening skills;
•    enjoys creative and imaginative thinking and will persevere at developing it;
•    is intrigued by the quirky and the different rather then being suspicious of it;
•    enjoys writing and has the stamina to persevere and develop it to a final product;
•    has an interest in history and other humanities subjects, art and design, or the arts in general – music, film,
     theatre, fashion design or architecture;
•    enjoys and is interested in or is very aware of the natural world;
•    has highly developed intrapersonal intelligence.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    develop further their intrapersonal intelligence in the writing of analytical and evaluative responses to one of the
     texts studied on the course and in their planning and creation of either a storyboard or script for the beginning of
     a film;

•    understand and appreciate the central importance of themselves, their experiences, and those of the others they
     come into contact with and their own responses to the world in which they live;

•    be able to think and write about any text from now on, no matter how accessible or challenging they find it, using
     higher order thinking: analysing, synthesising, evaluating, using some of the strategies practised on the course.
Course Details:


This course is an extension and enrichment counterpart to the Poetry: A Write Approach course. The two form a
complete introduction to advanced reading, thinking, speaking and listening in English/Literacy for pupils who are
approaching the transition to secondary school or who are already in their first year at secondary school. It will focus
on watching the beginnings of films and we will also read the beginnings of some novels. The course aims to broaden
horizons, give access to activities they might not have had the opportunity to have had at that stage in school and
provide them with the foundations they can put into practice from now on in their own work in English/Literacy.

Reading and Higher Order Thinking and Speaking
The pupils will watch and, through discussion, analyse the detailed meanings established by the beginnings of several
striking films. The brief clips shown will be age-suitable. Pupils’ existing knowledge of the techniques of film making
will be built on and we will consider how these different methods are used effectively to involve the audience in the
narrative at an early stage. Such key concepts as: narrative, characterisation, genre, representation and ideas/values
will be at the heart of our watching and discussing.

Higher Order Thinking and Writing
The pupils will follow this up with writing their own, carefully developed analytical and evaluative formal essay on one
of the films we will have looked at (this builds on, and reinforces, the poetry essay writing work of the ‘sister course’ –
Poetry: A Write Approach).

Higher Order Thinking and Creating
Pupils will use their understanding of genre to invent their own beginning for a film. They will choose whether they
make a storyboard using their own artwork for the beginning sequences of their own imagined film or whether they
would like to write their own beginning for a film script. What they have learnt from their earlier watching and
analysing of films will be incorporated into their own creative work.

Higher Order Reading, Speaking, Thinking and Writing
We will read and discuss the beginnings of a range of advanced texts – these will include, novels, short stories and
autobiographical writing. We will look at such aspects as settings, characterisation, the elements of plot development
and writers’ possible intentions and purposes.

Pupils will write their own beginnings to a short story or piece of autobiographical writing, putting into practice all they
have learnt during this workshop.

The day will conclude with the pupils creating an exhibition of their work for their fellow pupils and parents.

Resources: films, the beginnings to a range of novels, short stories and autobiographical writing


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Mid session snack

 Plenty of water to drink in a clear   A pen to write with and spare pen / pencil
 bottle

                                       Coloured pencils, watercolours or easily transportable
                                       poster paints etc, paintbrushes and a plastic, empty
                                       yoghurt type pot for water (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to continue their short story or
autobiographical writing begun in the workshop, using all they have learnt at the workshop about how to establish and
sustain the interest of their readers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                    SUM11:96
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Improvised Comedy
                                       SUM11:97
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                     2                3                  4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Rachel Blackman, Performance Artist and Dancer, based in Brighton

Places available:             16


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                          Group
                                                                             st
    County Hall North, Horsham                 10.00 - 3.00*      Saturday 21 May 2011                    7/8


*           Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30 for a 3.00 finish.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      displays a keen interest in, or a high level of ability in drama, acting, comedy and/or performance;
•      exhibits a high level of creative and imaginative flair;
•      is not afraid to take creative risks in public;
•      has high level thinking and listening skills;
•      can think and act spontaneously;
•      can work both as individuals and as part of an ensemble;
•      has some experience of performing in front of an audience (useful, but not essential).




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      take away a series of great performance games that can be played anywhere, at any time, with anyone;

•      grow in creative self confidence;

•      learn how to support each other’s creative ideas;

•      have fun whilst being creatively challenged;

•      develop skills to support and structure their raw self-expression;

•      further their higher order thinking skills by developing emotional intelligence, stimulating creative and rapid
       problem solving and by encouraging multiple points of view.
Course Details:

This course is an introduction to the exciting world of improvised comedy. Pupils will be given opportunities to create
spontaneous (and very funny) performances from scratch using audience suggestions. No scripts, no props.

Participants are encouraged to trust their impulses, listen actively, commit to each other’s imaginative offers and are
applauded (literally) for leaping into the unknown, even if it results in failure! ‘Failures’ provide some of the best
opportunities for comedy and the most unexpected, sometimes ‘mistakes’ are just opportunities waiting to happen.

Improvised comedy is collaborative and encourages young performers to play as part of an ensemble. Participants
learn that improvised games fall apart unless the group is in collaboration and agreement, and all elements are
working together in service to a scene or a game. Trying to be a star doesn’t work! The results are at once hugely
entertaining and rich in learning and sharing.

The day concludes with a performance of the games to an audience of friends and family who will be asked to provide
suggestions for scenes that are played out.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Bottled water / Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Comfortable clothes to move
 freely in

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents are encouraged to attend a performance of the material learned throughout the day during the final hour of
class. Parents attending the show are encouraged to offer suggestions for scenes at the request of pupils or the
director (Rachel). Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and fill out the
feedback forms provided.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:97
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

      Happiness – An Active Drama And Literacy
                     Workshop
                     SUM11:98
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Jerome Monahan MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:             25


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                           Group
    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 18th June 2011                  7/8


*           Parents are warmly invited to a short presentation by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish.

N.B. This workshop will suit pupils who enjoy drama and are willing to participate and speak out in pairs,
and as part of smaller and whole-workshop group activities. Pupils must ask themselves carefully if this is
for them, as it will be a very tough day for those that are painfully shy, do not like drama or find it hard
collaborating with people they have just met. For those that can cope with these demands – the day should
be a delight!

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is willing to experiment with new material;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      enjoys drama and will confidently participate in a performance;
•      has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•      enjoys working in groups as well as independently;
•      enjoys using literature as a spring-board for their own creativity;
•      can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
       evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•      has high level speaking and listening skills;
•      has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.

Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      have enriched their understanding of a range of works of classic literature by taking part in a series of
       workshop games/activities;

•      perform (an even learn) lines, speeches and scenes drawn from a range of works of classic literature;

•      use literature as a spring-board for writing their own rich imagistic or metamorphic prose or poetry;

•      examine a number of philosophical approaches to the issue of happiness as expressed in essays; stories
       and film;

•      play games – often quite zany and surreal in nature as a means of unlocking creativity and communication;

•      explore the writers’ language as it is associated with different themes, emotions and moods;

•      study (if possible) age-appropriate examples of film, music and art relating to the central theme of happiness;

•      work together to create a brief drama presentation of their morning given the principal that one key ingredient
       of a happy life is being creatively engaged with others.
Course Details:

During the day the pupils will experience an exciting and enjoyable introduction to a variety of classic texts in the
Western Tradition and beyond. They will discuss and evaluate new ideas, and then put them into practice, both
individually and as part of a group. As a result of these discussions they will look at various proposed tenets of
‘happiness’ such as involvement in the community, life-long learning, connection with others, playfulness via practical
and fun activities.

The day will continue with an exploration of the importance of ‘noticing’ though a variety of fun activities focused on
art, poetry, drama and film, both feature and documentary. They will learn something of journalism and become more
critical readers of non-fiction texts. It is an opportunity to offer pupils a chance to speak and use the language of
classical literature in meaningful and memorable ways. They will also gain a opportunity to work actively with a range
of literature in a safe and enquiring environment.

If time allows, the day will culminate in a brief performance/exhibition of the day’s experiences illustrating their learning
about happiness – parents and teachers welcome.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of what
each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.

In the short term the workshop will give pupils a head start in terms of their knowledge and understanding of a range
of classic literature– some of which they will almost certainly revisit in secondary school and beyond. They will be
encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and throughout the day they will be learning
approaches and ideas that will be entirely transferable to other classic literature and texts (especially poetry).

It would be hoped that the experiences of the day are taken forward by parents perhaps through encouraging visits to
the theatre or by encouraging children to read a range of classic literature.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                     SUM11:98
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                              Macbeth
                                             SUM11:99
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Jerome Monahan MA, Freelance Journalist and Teacher

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
 County Hall North, Horsham                   10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 2nd July 2011                   5/67/8


N.B This course concentrates on the language NOT the performance.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    willingly experiments with new material;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    enjoys drama and is willing to participate in writing and a performance;
•    has an interest in film and will enjoy the portions of this session that involve a degree of film analysis;
•    has an interest in history and literature and how the two might overlap;
•    demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration;
•    enjoy working in groups as well as independently;
•    enjoys using literature as a spring-board for their own creativity;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, speculating, justifying and defending ideas and opinions, providing
     evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    has high level speaking and listening skills;
•    has, above all else, a sense of fun and the willingness to take risks and play.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    have enriched their understanding of Macbeth;

•    know how to perform (and even learn) lines, speeches and scenes drawn from Macbeth;

•    be able to use Shakespeare as a spring-board for writing their own rich imagistic or metaphoric prose or poetry;

•    develop their understanding of Shakespeare’s language in Macbeth as it is associated with different themes,
     emotions and moods;

•    understand how the original playhouse context for which Shakespeare wrote may have influenced the language
     he employed and the performance of his plays.
Course details:

Although this session is focused on a specific play: Macbeth, the day long workshop is ideal for any pupil wishing to
enrich their understanding of Shakespeare. Above all else, this is an event designed to foster a love and interest in
Shakespeare and rich classical drama beyond the constraints of the curriculum.

The day will culminate in a brief performance/exhibition of the day’s experiences illustrating their learning about
Shakespeare and his plays – parents and teachers welcome. A typical ‘end show’ will involve pupils performing key
moments from a selected play in a way that provides a sense of its overall plot and mood.


Ultimately, the aim of the day will be to offer an alternative, deep focus on the play that both complements school work
and also seeks to broaden the play’s impact and value beyond being something selected for examination or class
room study.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                           Writing pad/paper

 Mid-session snack                    Sketch pad

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be asked to provide detailed feedback on the day which will help consolidate their understanding of
what each portion of the workshop was intended to develop in them.

In the short term the workshop will give pupils a head start in terms of their knowledge and understanding of one
of the key Shakespeare texts.

They will be encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and throughout the day they will
be learning approaches and ideas that will be entirely transferable to other Shakespeare plays and other literary
texts (especially poetry).

It would be hoped that the experiences of the day are taken forward by parents perhaps through visits to the
theatre or by encouraging pupils to see other film versions of Shakespeare’s plays.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).

                                                   SPR11:99
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Free The Poem
                                         SUM11:100
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                     3               4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rachel Rooney, Poet, based in Brighton and Sonya Smith, Poet

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                           th
 Southern Area Professional Centre,           10.00 - 3.00       Saturday 9 July 2011                  7/8
 Worthing


* Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    displays creativity in writing, either poetry or song writing;
•    shows an aptitude for word play and a willingness to stretch their imagination;
•    enjoys playing with ideas, challenging the status quo, is a creative thinker and able to work independently;
•    demonstrates an openness to experimenting in the mechanics of writing, as well as a curiosity in reading.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how a poem is constructed;

•    understand that poems come from a variety of sources;

•    be able to adopt different poetic voices to achieve an effect;

•    develop further their own personal style and have the courage to experiment with language and think in new
     ways.
Course Details:

This course, led by two published poets, provides a stimulating experience for all pupils who love writing. During the
session pupils will take part in a series of exercises aimed at showing different aspects of the creative process, for
example, monologue, the importance of concrete description as opposed to abstraction and the use of fiction to show
truth. Pupils will be encouraged to experiment, think laterally, to share their work, to learn how to select their own most
successful work and to appreciate the importance of drafting. Most of all, they will be encouraged to appreciate that
poetry is fun and relies not on high academic achievement (i.e. there are no clearly defined right and wrong ways of
writing) but on communicating a new way of seeing.
Writing poetry encourages pupils to make connections between images and ideas, to explore questions and find
creative answers to those questions. They are encouraged to challenge received language, and therefore thought,
and make decisions about their creative solutions. These skills can be explored and engaged in different ways within
every age group.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack
 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. Where possible, schools could
support or establish poetry clubs or networks of young poets who have either attended the sessions, or who are
interested in writing.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:100
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

        Summer’s Blood: Creating Poetic Images
                     SUM11:101
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                  2                   3                  4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Michael Parker, Teacher and Performance Poet

Places available:             20


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                  Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                            th
    RSPB, Pulborough Brooks                    10.00 – 3.00*      Saturday 9 July 2011                  7/8/9/10


*           Parents and carers are invited to a performance of the pupils’ poetry at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is, or will be, studying English Literature GCSE;
•      enjoys writing imaginatively;
•      likes being outside;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker, willing to experiment with new ideas;
•      uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•      enjoys performance and performing;
•      demonstrates high levels of motivation and concentration.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the poetry of Michael Parker, Seamus Heaney and others;

•      understand how writers and poets are inspired;

•      understand the complexities of the creative process from inspiration to performance;

•      be able to connect ideas with imagery and express this in poetry and creative writing;

•      develop their writing technique with an awareness of the power of imagery;

•      be able to share their work with an awareness of the impact of the performance;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills by analysis of the ideas expressed in the performed poetry,
       thinking imaginatively about their surroundings, expressing ideas creatively and evaluating the results.
Course Details:

The course will begin with a performance of poetry by Michael Parker of his own poetry and of work in the GCSE
Literature syllabus. Pupils will discuss the use of language and how the poets drew inspiration from their inner and
outer worlds and how that translated onto the page. They will explore imagery, metaphor and simile, looking for just
the right word to describe things they sense, experience and feel.

They will then explore the surrounding environment, finding inspiration in what is discovered for sharing ideas of
interest to the individual. Using images from the exploration that resonated with the individual, and thinking about the
effects used by the studied poets, the pupils will write a piece of image-rich poetry or prose. Michael will discuss
editing issues as they arise.

In an appropriate location, pupils perform their poems to each other engaging the audience with voice, movement and
participation where required and will discuss how the writing of their own work gives insight into the merits of the
studied literature. The course will end with an evaluation of the workshop, the writing and the performance of the
poetry. The group will also discuss what individuals would like to do with poetry in the future.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Writing pad / paper

 Pens, pencils etc

 Stout footwear

 Warm / waterproof clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teacher, parents and carers and friends, particularly looking
at their surroundings imaginatively and expressing ideas as performed poetry.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:101
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Improvised Comedy
                                      SUM11:102
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                     2                3                     4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Rachel Blackman, Performance Artist and Dancer, based in Brighton

Places available:             16


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                          Group
                                                                             nd
    County Hall North, Horsham                 10.00 - 3.00*      Saturday 2      July 2011               9/10


*           Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30 for a 3.00 finish.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      displays a keen interest in, or a high level of ability in drama, acting, comedy and/or performance;
•      exhibits a high level of creative and imaginative flair;
•      is not afraid to take creative risks in public;
•      has high level thinking and listening skills;
•      can think and act spontaneously;
•      can work both as individuals and as part of an ensemble;
•      has some experience of performing in front of an audience (useful, but not essential).




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      take away a series of great performance games that can be played anywhere, at any time, with anyone;

•      grow in creative self confidence;

•      learn how to support each other’s creative ideas;

•      have fun whilst being creatively challenged;

•      develop skills to support and structure their raw self-expression;

•      further their higher order thinking skills by developing emotional intelligence, stimulating creative and rapid
       problem solving and by encouraging multiple points of view.
Course Details:

This course is an introduction to the exciting world of improvised comedy. Pupils will be given opportunities to create
spontaneous (and very funny) performances from scratch using audience suggestions. No scripts, no props.

Participants are encouraged to trust their impulses, listen actively, commit to each other’s imaginative offers and are
applauded (literally) for leaping into the unknown, even if it results in failure! ‘Failures’ provide some of the best
opportunities for comedy and the most unexpected, sometimes ‘mistakes’ are just opportunities waiting to happen.

Improvised comedy is collaborative and encourages young performers to play as part of an ensemble. Participants
learn that improvised games fall apart unless the group is in collaboration and agreement, and all elements are
working together in service to a scene or a game. Trying to be a star doesn’t work! The results are at once hugely
entertaining and rich in learning and sharing.

The day concludes with a performance of the games to an audience of friends and family who will be asked to provide
suggestions for scenes that are played out.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Bottled water / Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Comfortable clothes to move
 freely in

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents are encouraged to attend a performance of the material learned throughout the day during the final hour of
class. Parents attending the show are encouraged to offer suggestions for scenes at the request of pupils or the
director (Rachel). Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and fill out the
feedback forms provided.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:102
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

       Exploring Shoreham Beach Local Nature
                      Reserve
                     SUM11:103
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Stephen Savage, Education co-ordinator, Shoreham Beach Local Nature
                                     Reserve

Places available:           15


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
 Shoreham Beach Primary School,              10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 21st May 2011                  7
 Shoreham


NB        As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in coastal habitats and wildlife;
•    is working at a National Curriculum level significantly higher than their peers in science;
•    has a good understanding of the life processes and the key differences between animal groups particularly
     mammals, birds and invertebrates;
•    demonstrates good observational skills;
•    can speculate on facts and observations and can evaluate and explain findings;
•    is familiar with basic monitoring techniques.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about veregated shingle;

•    be familiar with the various adaptations that allow shingle plants to thrive on exposed beaches;

•    have achieved a basic identification level of veregated shingle and common wildlife associated with this habitat;

•    be able to demonstrate an understanding of how shingle beaches are formed and shaped by natural forces;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by speculating on adaptation features of shingle plants and
     examining pebble present on the beach.
Course Details:

Shoreham Beach is one of the most recent parts of Sussex to be designated a local nature reserve. It received this
status due to its unique position and its vegetated shingle habitat. Vegetated shingle is a rare habitat both in the UK
and Worldwide (where it is found in only two other countries).

The course will start with an overview of the area to show the nature reserve in relation to surrounding habitats such as
the River Adur, the Adur Estuary, the South Downs and relevant local maritime history. Pupils will explore an area of
the vegetated shingle beach and discover how these plants are adapted to survive in this harsh environment. We will
also look at the vegetated shingle as a habitat and look for evidence of the wildlife it supports, such as terrestrial birds
and invertebrates. Any records we make will be forwarded to the nature reserve

We will also be exploring the shingle that makes up the beach and discussing how the beach (a shingle spit) was
formed and continues to be shaped by natural forces. We will take a close look at the pebbles and look for clues as to
where they originally came from. 90% of the beach shingle is flint, but varies greatly in shape and colour and we will
be exploring reasons for this. The course is run by local environmental educators Stephen Savage and Felicity
Tessaro. Stephen is also on the management group of the nature reserve and is the education co-ordinator. Part of
the session will take place on the beach part in a nearby classroom. The course provides an opportunity for pupils to
engage with and become familiar with our local coastline which will hopefully create an enjoyment and appreciation
that will extend beyond the course.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Other : Sensible clothes depending on
                                       weather.

 Soft drink                            Stout footwear

 Sketch pad                            Clipboard

 Pens, pencils etc

 Cameral (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents. Pupils can use the skills and
knowledge obtainedduring the course by visiting their local coastline with the school or parents.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenston at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:103
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                           SUMMER TERM 2011

                Outer Space: Could You Hack It?
                         SUM11:104
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                      3                4            16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Dr John Mason, Astronomer at The South Downs Planetarium

Places available:           30


 Venue                                        Time               Date                            Year
                                                                                                 Group
                                                                            th
 The South Downs Planetarium,                 9.30 - 12.30       Saturday 18 June 2011           7/8/9
 Chichester




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at National Curriculum level 6 or above in science;
•    shows a keen interest in astronomy;
•    has good communication skills;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, justifying and speculating.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about how we use robot spacecraft to study our own planet;

•    understand the problems faced by space engineers in designing robot space missions;

•    be able to understand the problems faced by astronauts living and working in space;

•    develop their skills of questioning and speculation.
Course Details:

The course is based at the South Downs Planetarium. During the morning the pupils will learn about the problems of
sending spacecraft to other planets, living and working in space, and how astronauts are trained. They will also find
out how satellites orbiting the Earth are making many discoveries about our own planet.




Please bring:

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack
 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.


Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers. The newly acquired knowledge will
allow the pupils to be better informed during class discussions.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:104
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                            Death In The Green Zone
                                  SUM11:105
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                  2                   3                  4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Sue Hunt, Education Research and Development Officer, and other Teaching
                                       Staff based at Wakehurst Place

Places available:             15


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                         Group
                                                                            th
    Science Zone, Royal Botanic Gardens,       10.00 – 3.30       Saturday 7 May 2011                    8/9
    Wakehurst Place, Ardingly


NB          As some of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Please Note:         Pupils will handle plant material and be exposed to pollens.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is working at a National Curriculum level higher than their peers in science;
•      is able to think creatively;
•      has an analytical mind;
•      is quick to grasp new concepts;
•      can work well as part of a team;
•      is articulate and has good presentation skills;
•      will persevere with the given task.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the use of microscopes in forensic palynology;

•      understand the principles of pollen analysis;

•      be able to use DNA analysis to identify illegally imported specimens;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills by organising a working sequence and analysing results.
Course Details:

Something sinister has happened at Wakehurst Place: one of our gardeners has gone missing. The first piece of
evidence is some hastily buried clothing, unearthed in the shrubbery. The pupils’ challenge is to be forensic experts
helping to solve the mystery of the missing horticulturist.

In the morning pupils will use pollen analysis to locate the scene and identify the season of the crime to bring the
killer to justice. The investigating officer from Kew Constabulary suspects that the reason for this murder is
international smuggling of endangered plant species.

Another piece of evidence is a sample of illegally imported timber. In the afternoon pupils will help Customs and
Excise find the origin of the confiscated wood. Pupils will employ DNA fingerprinting, this is used to solve many
crimes, including those against the environment. They will present their evidence to the investigating officers to
assist them in their enquiries.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Stout Footwear

 Soft drink                          Waterproof Clothing

 Mid-session snack                   Camera (optional)

 Sketch pad                          Other: suitable clothing for the time
                                     of year and weather on the day

 Pens, pencils etc

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and to look up further information on the
Kew and SAPS websites. Pupils will have their own samples to take back into school, along with their own digital
record of the day on CD for examination on PC.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:105
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                             SUMMER TERM 2011

                                    Feeding On Light
                                      SUM11:106
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                  4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Christine Newton, Schools Programme Manager, Royal Botanic Gardens,
                                     Wakehurst Place

Places available:           15


 Venue                                       Time               Date                               Year
                                                                                                   Group
 Royal Botanic Gardens, Wakehurst            10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 25th June 2011            10/11/
 Place, Ardingly                                                                                   12/13




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a National Curriculum level higher than their peers in science;
•    where appropriate, is predicted A/A* in science GCSE;
•    demonstrates a keen interest in plant science;
•    is a creative thinker with a quick grasp of new concepts;
•    has excellent communication skills;
•    is confident and will persevere with a given task;
•    is able to work independently or in a team/group.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to separate plant pigments using TLC;

•    understand how light wavelengths vary;

•    be able to use a colorimeter to measure the effect of these variations on photosynthesis;

•    develop their higher order thinking skills through problem solving.
Course Details:

During this exciting workshop run by The Royal Botanic Gardens at Wakehurst Place, the pupils will learn how to use
university/higher education investigative techniques and relate them to their own curriculum level. They will be taught
to A’ Level standards in thin layer chromatography and micro separation techniques. The pupils will also learn
manipulative skills to produce immobilized algae and to use these skills in investigating photosynthetic rates.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Writing equipment

 Stout Footwear

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils should be encouraged to share their experiences with their science group. The materials produced during the
course could form the basis for a presentation.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

As space is limited on this course it is regretted that teachers will not be able to accompany their pupils. However,
Wakehurst offers regular CPD opportunities for teachers.



                                                 SUM11:106
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

         Working From Contemporary Landscape
                       Painting
                     SUM11:107
                                                         KEY STAGE
                      1                    2                     3               4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                    Jayne Sandys-Renton, Art Tutor, University Of Chichester

Places available:              12


    Venue                                         Time               Date                              Year
                                                                                                       Group
    artOne, University Of Chichester,             11.00 - 4.00       Saturday 18th June 2011           7/8
    Chichester Campus*


*           Follow signs to University Of Chichester. 'artOne', the Art Department at University Of Chichester
            is the big silver building next to the main UC car park. To gain entry you will need to enter a code
            comprising: month + year + # (i.e. for June ‘11 press 0611#). The classes are usually upstairs in the
            'life drawing space' or downstairs in the 'textiles workshop' or the 'sculpture workshop'.



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      demonstrates a keen interest and ability in art;
•      is prepared to try new approaches;
•      shows perseverance when the task requires a lot of effort;
•      enjoys working in an expressive manner.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the work of contemporary landscape painter Peter Doig;

•      understand the effects achieved by using mixed media;

•      be able to express themselves through use of paint and other media;

•      develop further their creativity.
Course Details:

This course will explore the work of Peter Doig. New techniques will be explored. The pupils will use these studies to
form the basis to develop their own work in landscape painting. They will be given the opportunity to work with mixed
media on canvas and experiment with different outcomes. They will develop the use of colour and composition in a
contemporary style.

The aim of the course is to have fun!



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Other: protective clothing or
                                     overalls (some materials used may
                                     damage or stain clothing and
                                     shoes)

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Pens, pencils etc


PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and present their finished work.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:107
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                                Xtreme Art Journaling
                                    SUM11:108
                                                      KEY STAGE
                   1                    2                   3                   4            16+


Course Organiser/tutor: Rosie Morgan, Artist, based in Chichester

Places available: 12


 Venue                                         Time               Date                             Year
                                                                                                   Group
                                                                             th
 Fishbourne Roman Palace                       10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 14 May 2011             7/8/9




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in art;
•    has a willingness to experiment;
•    is able to listen carefully to instruction, stay focused and work at a fast pace;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    have experienced a variety of art media and be encouraged to ‘think outside the box’;

•    understand the value of experimentation;

•    be able to open up possibilities for sketch book keeping for GCSE and beyond;

•    extend their developing artistic skills by working with an expert;

•    have developed their creativity.
Course Details:

Pupils will have heard of extreme sports, now they can experience ‘Xtreme’ art! This course is a fun and fast paced
project using paint, pens, simple printmaking, collage, text and general household ephemera! Following a series of
timed instructions, pupils will experiment with mixed media layering and then build these experiments into a simple
book form, which can be further added to after the session. During the course they will discuss their ideas and results
and look at the whole range of art forms which can be put into a journal.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Pritt Stick

 Magazines for tearing and
 sharing

 Old clothes, shirt or apron – this
 will be messy!


PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to continue working on their
journal, use and expand on the techniques experiences experienced and continue experimenting in art making.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:108
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                             SUMMER TERM 2011

                           Public And Private Faces
                                  SUM11:109
                                                      KEY STAGE
                   1                    2                   3              4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor: Rosie Morgan, Artist, based in Chichester

Places available: 12


 Venue                                         Time             Date                                  Year
                                                                                                      Group
                                                                           st
 Weald and Downland Open Air Museum, 10.00 – 3.00               Saturday 21 May 2011                  7/8/9
 Singleton, Chichester




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in art and history;
•    has particular ability in drawing, especially people and faces;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    has good concentration and perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about Tudor portraits and the different approaches for private and public portrayal;

•    understand the techniques and working conditions of court painters;

•    be able to develop skills in observational drawing;

•    have experience of working with a live model in historical costume;

•    extend their artistic ability by working with an expert.
Course Details:

Pupils will become Tudor portrait painters for the day and experience working from a live model in costume.

We will look at examples of Tudor portraits and pupils will work together on a large portrait and also produce individual
portraits in miniature.


Please bring:




 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Pencils and eraser

 Pritt stick

 Small paint brushes

 Warm clothes (the room used is
 draughty!). Waterproofs if wet
 weather.

 Old shirt or apron

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents. They should be encouraged to
look at examples of historical and present day portraits and consider what the artist was trying to convey beyond
simply a likeness. They should also be encouraged to draw people and faces as often as possible – in the street,
on holiday, on the television or of family and friends.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:109
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

           Large Scale Black And White Portraits
                       SUM11:110
                                                       KEY STAGE
                    1                    2                  3                 4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                  Jayne Sandys-Renton, Art Tutor, University Of Chichester

Places available:            12


Venue                                           Time              Date                                 Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                             th
artOne, Life Room, University Of                11.00 – 4.00      Saturday 11 June 2011                8/9
Chichester, Chichester Campus*


*         Follow signs to University Of Chichester. 'artOne', the Art Department at University Of Chichester
          is the big silver building next to the main UC car park. To gain entry you will need to enter a code
          comprising: month + year + # (i.e. for June ‘11 press 0611#). The classes are usually upstairs in the
          'life drawing space' or downstairs in the 'textiles workshop' or the 'sculpture workshop'.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    demonstrates a keen interest and ability in art;
•    is prepared to try new approaches;
•    shows perseverance when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    enjoys working in an expressive manner.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about different ways to draw and paint;

•    understand the difficulties of drawing on a large scale but be prepared to struggle to achieve success;

•    be able to express themselves through drawing;

•    develop further their creativity.
Course Details:

This course will explore large scale expressive figurative (1m x 2m) paintings. The pupils will work directly from
photographs taken by some of the great twentieth century portrait photographers. They will then interpret these using
black and white in the style of some contemporary artists.

The aim of the course is to have fun!


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Other: protective clothing or
                                     overalls (some materials used may
                                     damage or stain clothing and
                                     shoes)

 Soft drink                          Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                   Waterproof Clothing

 Sketch pad                          Camera (optional)

 Pens, pencils etc


PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and present their finished work.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:110
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                         SUMMER TERM 2011

                             Head Modelling From Life
                                   SUM11:111
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                     3                       4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Tim Sandys-Renton, Art Tutor, University Of Chichester

Places available:              10


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group
                                                                                  nd
    artOne, University Of Chichester,           11.00 - 4.00       Saturday 2          July 2011             10/11
    Chichester Campus*


*           Follow signs to University Of Chichester. 'artOne', the Art Department at University Of Chichester
            is the big silver building next to the main UC car park. To gain entry you will need to enter a code
            comprising: month + year + # (i.e. for June ‘11 press 0611#). The classes are usually upstairs in the
            'life drawing space' or downstairs in the 'textiles workshop' or the 'sculpture workshop'.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      has been predicted or achieved A/A* for GCSE art;
•      demonstrates an interest in working in 3-dimensions (but is not necessarily experienced with sculpture);
•      does not need not be familiar with modelling materials;
•      is prepared to try new approaches;
•      shows perseverance when the task requires a lot of effort;
•      enjoys working in an expressive manner.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know how to work with different media;

•      understand more about the process of developing work through material dialogue;

•      be able to use different materials as a vehicle for artistic expression;

•      develop their creative skills.
Course Details:

This course will allow pupils to explore the expressive qualities of a variety of media by modelling the head from life
in 1/3 scale, developing a piece of work instinctively from a direct investigative dialogue with the materials
themselves. This unfamiliar way of working is an essential antidote to planning and designing. New techniques will
be explored!


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Stout Footwear (not trainers)

 Soft drink                          Other: protective clothing or
                                     overalls (some materials used may
                                     damage or stain clothing and
                                     shoes)

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Pens, pencils etc

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and present their finished work.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:111
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

                     Studying Contemporary Artists
                              SUM11:112
                                                       KEY STAGE
                    1                    2                  3                 4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                  Jayne Sandys-Renton, Art Tutor, University Of Chichester

Places available:            10


Venue                                           Time              Date                               Year
                                                                                                     Group
                                                                             th
artOne, Life Room, University Of                11.00 – 4.00      Saturday 25 June 2011              10/11/
Chichester, Chichester Campus*
                                                                                                     12/13


*         Follow signs to University Of Chichester. 'artOne', the Art Department at University Of Chichester
          is the big silver building next to the main UC car park. To gain entry you will need to enter a code
          comprising: month + year + # (i.e. for June ‘11 press 0611#). The classes are usually upstairs in the
          'life drawing space' or downstairs in the 'textiles workshop' or the 'sculpture workshop'.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys all forms of art;
•    is prepared to try new approaches;
•    shows perseverance when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    enjoys working in an expressive manner.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the work of contemporary painters/artists;

•    understand the effects achieved by using mixed media;

•    be able to express themselves through use of paint, glitter and collage;

•    develop further their creativity.
Course Details:

This course will explore the work of contemporary painters/artists. New techniques will be explored. The pupils will
use these studies to form the basis to develop their own work. They will be given the opportunity to work with mixed
media on canvas and experiment with different outcomes. Work produced can be added to a GCSE or A Level
portfolio.

The aim of the course is to have fun!


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                       Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Other: protective clothing or
 overalls (some materials used
 may damage or stain clothing
 and shoes)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and present their finished work.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:112
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

         Observational Life-Drawing For Portfolios
                       SUM11:113
                                                         KEY STAGE
                     1                       2                   3               4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                  Tim Sandys-Renton, Art Tutor, University Of Chichester and Jayne Sandys-
                                         Renton, Art Tutor

Places available:              12


    Venue                                         Time               Date                                Year
                                                                                                         Group
    artOne, Life Room, University Of              11.00 - 4.00       Saturday 11th June 2011 AND         10/11/
    Chichester, Chichester Campus*                                              th
                                                                     Saturday 18 June 2011 AND           12/13
                                                                     Saturday 25th June 2011 AND
                                                                     Saturday 2nd July 2011



*           Follow signs to University Of Chichester. 'artOne', the Art Department at University Of Chichester
            is the big silver building next to the main UC car park. To gain entry you will need to enter a code
            comprising: month + year + # (i.e. for June ‘11 press 0611#). The classes are usually upstairs in the
            'life drawing space' or downstairs in the 'textiles workshop' or the 'sculpture workshop'.

NB        The four sessions are designed as progressive workshops. Ideally pupils will attend all four and schools
will be charged for each session. However if this is not possible pupils can attend individual sessions and will be
charged accordingly. Please notify us at the time of application which sessions your pupil will be attending.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      has been predicted or achieved A/A* for GCSE art;
•      exhibits a keen interest and ability in art;
•      does not need to have demonstrated a particular ability with observational drawing;
•      is prepared to try new approaches;
•      shows perseverance when the task requires a lot of effort;
•      enjoys working in an expressive manner.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the importance of measurement and proportion when drawing;

•      understand how to compose imagery from preparatory sketches;

•      be able to develop observational skills;

•      develop analytical thinking skills.
Course Details:

This session is designed to help the pupils build up portfolios for GCSE or A/AS levels. The tutor will concentrate on
drawing techniques and will be able to explore the subject in great depth. The pupils will have many examples of their
work to add to their portfolios. They will work on studies of partially clothed models using a variety of media. The
classes take a traditional and systematic approach to drawing skill development.

Session 1: Measuring. Using plumblines and angles to find correct proportions, using a soft pencil.

Session 2: Light and Dark. Focusing on tone rather than line, building up to A1 size drawings, using charcoal and
putty rubber.

Session 3: The Figure in Space. Using soft pencil, life drawing focusing on perspective and the representation of 3D
space with 2 models.

Session 4: Developing expressionistic line and confidence in mark making.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Other: protective clothing or
                                     overalls (some materials used may
                                     damage or stain clothing)

 Soft drink                          Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                   Waterproof Clothing

 Sketch pad                          Camera (optional)

 Pens, pencils etc

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and present their finished work. Ideas
to take forward: confidence in detailed drawing can only be achieved by practice. Try to carry a small sketchbook with
you and use every opportunity to develop this technique.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:113
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

        Choreography And Dance – Developing
                   Performance
                    SUM11:114
                                                       KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                    3                4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Miriam King, Choreographer and Dance Tutor, Brighton

Places available:           14


Venue                                           Time            Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
The Hub, Central Sussex College,                10.30 – 3.00*   Saturday 2nd July 2011 AND              7/8/9
Haywards Heath                                                             th
                                                                Saturday 9 July 2011 2011 **A
                                                                commitment to BOTH sessions is
                                                                required**


*         Parents and teachers are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 3.00pm for a 3:30pm finish on 9th
          July.


NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has outstanding ability in movement and dance;
•    demonstrates a sense of presentation and performance at a level beyond their peers;
•    shows a keen interest in stage work;
•    enjoys creative teamwork;
•    has good physical awareness;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker, and is able to communicate ideas with others;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysis and interpretation of music;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about the process of choreography and performance;

•    understand more about physical presence and creative movement;

•    be able to develop their creative ideas;

•    develop further their creative expression and individuality, and higher order thinking and movement skills.
Course Details:

This course is designed to develop the pupils’ awareness of choreography and how to use this in enhancing their own
performance. There are two sessions to allow in depth study and progress. After warm up, the pupils will take part in
dance and movement activities which will develop a new understanding of dance possibilities and use of space. Each
set of exercises will be followed by discussion. Gradually over the two weeks pupils will develop performances in
groups / pairs or solo. The second session will end with a performance to their parents.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Other: loose comfortable clothing
                                     (plus a warm layer)

 Plastic bottle of water (no fizzy
 drinks or sugary snacks)

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and perhaps could be given the
opportunity to demonstrate some of the techniques learnt.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:114
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Willow Wildfowl
                                        SUM11:115
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Claire Drew, Learning Manager, Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust

Places available:           10


 Venue                                        Time              Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                          th
 Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust,                   10.00 – 3.30      Saturday 7 May 2011                       7
 Arundel



NB         As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have adequate outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a high level of interest and enthusiasm in art;
•    demonstrates an ability to work in 3 Dimensions;
•    shows a keen interest in the environment and wildlife;
•    enjoys being outdoors and exploring the world around them;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to work with a partner as well as independently;
•    can think at higher levels, such as problem solving and translating 2D drawings to 3D sculptures;
•    can discuss ideas and evaluate processes;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    experience the whole process of developing work from idea to finished piece;

•    understand the basics of how to construct a 3D sculpture using willow;

•    participate in an end of session group critique;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through problem solving and evaluation.
Course Details:

Over the day pupils will spend time outdoors getting close to and observing our wildfowl, ducks, geese and swans
from around the world. They will get to know the birds through observation, sketches and notes. They will then
translate these drawings into designs to develop into their own 3D structure. Pupils will be working with willow and a
selection of natural materials found on site to construct their sculpture. Throughout the designing and making process
pupils will be working with a partner to problem solve and to help each other to produce their own individual works of
art. Most importantly pupils will have a challenging and fun day.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                          Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                   Waterproof Clothing

 Sketch pad                          Camera (optional)

                                     Other: suitable outdoor clothing for
                                     time of year and weather on the day

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to investigate artists who work with
natural materials. Pupils may enjoy visiting ‘The Heart of Reeds’ project in Lewes.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:115
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                                           Colour Magic
                                           SUM11:116
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Beverly Lee, Education Officer at Fishbourne Roman Palace

Places available:           20


 Venue                                        Time               Date                               Year
                                                                                                    Group
                                                                           th
 Fishbourne Roman Palace                      10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 7 May 2011                  7




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    enjoys a range of creative crafts;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker and is able to translate ideas into designs;
•    enjoys and shows an aptitude for practical design and technology activities;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to produce samples that reflect what they have discovered about simple processes of dyeing with
     natural and synthetic dyes;

•    be able to compare the dyes, methods of dyeing and materials used for clothing worn by people in Roman times
     and those worn today;

•    extend their knowledge of textiles and dyeing techniques;

•    understand ways to develop further their design and practical craft skills.
Course Details:

Pupils will enjoy opportunities to observe, explore and experiment with dyeing textiles in a rainbow of colours and
tones, using hedgerow and cultivated plant dyes and also synthetic dyes. They will compare ancient and modern
methods of dyeing and find out about some of the textiles used by Romans and Celts 2000 years ago. They will also
have opportunities to try out a selection of spinning, weaving and needlecraft activities.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Sensible footwear for walking on
 site

 Waterproof and warm clothing

 Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers. They could build on their
knowledge by researching other aspects of Roman army life (such as setting up camp, food, road building or
recreating) on the Internet and from reference books and collating their findings into an information booklet. We
always encourage participants to re-visit Fishbourne, in order to follow-up areas of personal interest.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. Be prepared to take a “hands-on” part in activities! (Please contact Beverly Lee or any of the Learning Team at
Fishbourne Roman Palace (Tel: 01243 785859) as soon as possible after your pupil’s place on the course has been
confirmed and at least one week prior to the course)



                                                SUM11:116
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                                       Willow Wildfowl
                                        SUM11:117
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                  3                   4                   16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Claire Drew, Learning Manager, Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust

Places available:           10


 Venue                                        Time              Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                           th
 Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust,                   10.00 – 3.30      Saturday 25 June 2011                     8/9
 Arundel



NB         As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have adequate outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a high level of interest and enthusiasm in art;
•    demonstrates an ability to work in 3 Dimensions;
•    shows a keen interest in the environment and wildlife;
•    enjoys being outdoors and exploring the world around them;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to work with a partner as well as independently;
•    can think at higher levels, such as problem solving and translating 2D drawings to 3D sculptures;
•    can discuss ideas and evaluate processes;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    experience the whole process of developing work from idea to finished piece;

•    understand the basics of how to construct a 3D sculpture using willow;

•    participate in an end of session group critique;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through problem solving and evaluation.
Course Details:

Over the day pupils will spend time outdoors getting close to and observing our wildfowl, ducks, geese and swans
from around the world. They will get to know the birds through observation, sketches and notes. They will then
translate these drawings into designs to develop into their own 3D structure. Pupils will be working with willow and a
selection of natural materials found on site to construct their sculpture. Throughout the designing and making process
pupils will be working with a partner to problem solve and to help each other to produce their own individual works of
art. Most importantly pupils will have a challenging and fun day.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                          Stout Footwear

 Mid-session snack                   Waterproof Clothing

 Sketch pad                          Camera (optional)

                                     Other: suitable outdoor clothing for
                                     time of year and weather on the day

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and to investigate artists who work with
natural materials. Pupils may enjoy visiting ‘The Heart of Reeds’ project in Lewes.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:117
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                          Bag Of Nettles
                                           SUM11:118
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                   3                     4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rebecca Jennings, Saddlescombe Farm, National Trust

Places available:            15


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                           nd
 Saddlescombe Farm, Near Poynings,           10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 2      July 2011               9/10
 Brighton



NB      As most of the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor
clothing. There may be some contact with livestock and untreated sheep wool.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a higher level than their peers in design and technology, textiles;
•    1s planning to take, or already studying, GCSE textiles;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is open to exploring the use of natural materials of traditional textile use but uncommon today;
•    is able to work independently and collaboratively;
•    enjoys being outdoors and getting their hands dirty.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how natural dyes can be made from common objects and the purpose of ‘fixing’;

•    understand the tensile properties of natural materials;

•    be able to use natural forms to apply surface decoration to an object;

•    learn to ‘grasp the nettle’!
Course Details:

Pupils will be shown how to separate and combine the fibres from the stalks to produce a strong cord. An
experiment will show the tensile qualities of the nettle string when compared to other items.

Over lunch whilst the freshly dyed bags are drying, pupils will make sketches for inspiration for surface
decoration, for example beading or painting the bags, which will take place in the afternoon.

The day will finish with an exhibition and appraisal of the work by the pupils.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Camera (optional)

 Soft drink                          Other: Old clothes.

 Mid-session snack                   Sketch pad/ writing pad/ paper

 Stout Footwear                      Pens, pencils etc

 Waterproof Clothing

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences of Saddlescombe Farm with friends / family, fellow pupils and
teachers with the intention of visiting the farm on Open Days.

They will also be encouraged to visit other National Trust properties that show period textiles such as Smallhythe
Place in Tenterden, Kent: home of the Victorian actress Ellen Terry and some of her splendid costumes.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:118
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                          SUMMER TERM 2011

                    3D: From Weetabix To Avatar!
                            SUM11:119
                                                    KEY STAGE
                  1                   2                  3                 4            16+


Course Organiser/tutor: Peter and Sheila Wendes, ZEN MACHINE

Places available: 15


 Venue                                       Time             Date                            Year
                                                                                              Group
 The Fishbourne Centre, Fishbourne,
                                             10.00 – 3.00     Saturday 25th June 2011         9/10/11
 Chichester




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has a keen interest in the possibilities of 3D images;
•    enjoys improvising and making gadgets;
•    is able to listen carefully;
•    is mature enough to handle delicate equipment;
•    would be willing to show others what has been learnt.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know about the history of 3D imaging;

•    understand the basic principles and various systems in use;

•    be able to make and capture 3D images;

•    develop communication skills through explaining their work to the group.
Course Details:

This course begins with an outline of the history of 3D, illustrated with real equipment from Victorian times to the latest
digital technology. Participants will be able to handle various viewers and cameras and discuss the different systems
such as Anaglyphs and Stereo Pairs.

3D techniques will then be demonstrated, including the excellent free software now available, with the emphasis being
the high quality results achievable without any special equipment.

3D is an ideal project for schools because they can use what they already have to produce stunning images for
recording and creative expression. Participants will receive a fact sheet including much valuable information, and a
FREE pair of 3D glasses to encourage them to carry on experimenting.

It is most important that ALL participants bring a digital camera or phone with camera, plus a lead to connect to a
computer. Both camera and lead need to be labelled clearly with name and address, and have their battery fully
charged. This will be used to take photos for later printing, and to photograph the many exhibits.

Parents and teachers may be interested to see the recent book by Brian May (of Queen fame): ‘Village Lost and
Found’ which includes a highly recommended 3D viewer………


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink

 Sketch pad

 Pens, pencils etc

 Digital Camera (can be very
 basic!) or phone with camera
 with fully charged battery, lead to
 connect to a computer, and
 labels with name and address.

 Any viewers, images or
 equipment you would like to
 discuss and show. Please label
 all items.

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents, print out the images they have made,
and make their own viewers as described on the course. Perhaps you would like to start a 3D Club at school
involving Science and Art Departments?
Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:119
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

        Work And Play On The Farm In The 18th
                      Century
                    SUM11:120
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                  3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Rebecca Jennings, Saddlescombe Farm, National Trust

Places available:           15


 Venue                                       Time              Date                                      Year
                                                                                                         Group
 Saddlescombe Farm, Nr Poynings,             10.00 – 3.00      Saturday 7th May 2011                     7
 Brighton


N.B. There may be some contact with livestock and untreated sheep wool




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is working at a higher level than their peers in history;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is open to exploring the use of natural materials which would have been used in this period of history;
•    is able to follow instructions and work independently and collaboratively;
•    enjoys being outdoors and getting their hands dirty.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know how to construct a sheep hurdle;

•    understand how wool production had a social, economic and environmental impact;

•    experience Georgian playtime for children;

•    develop further the historical understanding of work and play of children on a 18th century farm.
Course Details:

This fun and practical day will highlight what was expected of children in Georgian times, to work as well as play.

The morning will start with a discussion of the importance of sheep for the 18th century economy, and the
development of South Down breed, moving onto a practical, hands on workshop to make traditional hurdles for the
corralling of sheep. This will involve cutting, shaping and assembling hurdles using locally sourced timbers. The
afternoon will give an insight into Georgian toys and games which children would have played with in those times,
such as dominoes and clapping games, really demonstrating what a contrast they are to modern games.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                        Waterproof clothes

 Mid session snack                   Stout footwear

 Soft drink                          Old clothes

                                     Camera (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils will be encouraged to discuss their experience of Saddlescombe Farm with friends/family, fellow pupils and
teachers with the intention of visiting the farm on Open Days and to visit other National Trust properties of a similar
period, such as Alfriston Clergy House. Pupils will also be encouraged to attend further work and play days at
Saddlescombe.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:120
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

     An Introduction To The Chinese Language
                    And Culture
                    SUM11:121
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Yingxu Yin, Teacher of Chinese, Millais School

Places available:           18


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
 Millais School, Horsham                      10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 21st May 2011                  7/8




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in the Chinese language as well as its culture;
•    is able to discuss ideas about different beliefs and traditions;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    is familiar with the strategies of learning a foreign language and uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker who is capable of visualizing the structure of written Chinese;
•    demonstrates high level literacy skills;
•    can think at higher levels, such as criticizing the advantages and disadvantages of two educational systems.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about China and its culture;

•    understand how the writing and pronunciation systems work in Mandarin;

•    be able to greet people and introduce themselves in Mandarin;

•    be able to speak, read and write numbers 1-999;

•    be able to read and write at least 30 characters;

•    have experience of practising Chinese calligraphy;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by discussing education in China and working out the concept
     behind the Chinese script and some traditions.
Course Details:

This course will explore the interesting world of a tonal language – Mandarin, gaining fascinating insights into the
concepts behind the Chinese script and its culture. Pupils will have a brief introduction to China where they are
encouraged to share knowledge about the country, its people, the beliefs and traditions with the group. They will
experiment with the four tones in Mandarin and understand its importance for Chinese languages. They will learn how
to introduce themselves and are encouraged to practise their oral speaking in pairs. Pupils will discover the concepts
behind the Chinese script and learn to read at least thirty characters. They will learn to speak, read and write
numbers one to ten and work out the rules for the bigger numbers by examining the characters chart. Pupils will have
the opportunity to practise Chinese calligraphy, an ancient art, by using ‘the four treasures of the study’ (brush, ink
stick, xuan paper, ink stone). They will also enjoy traditional music while writing characters.

Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents. They could use online resources to
learn more about the language and its ancient culture, think about the opportunities of studying abroad or working in
China or with Chinese people in the coming future, and they might consider joining a school trip or planning a journey
to explore a completely different world.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:121
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                               SUMMER TERM 2011

    An Introduction To The Japanese Language
                    SUM11:122
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                 3                  4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Armelle Stephant, Teacher of Modern Foreign Languages, Millais School

Places available:           25


 Venue                                        Time             Date                                   Year
                                                                                                      Group
                                                                         th
 Millais School, Lower School, Room L7,       10.00 – 3.00     Saturday 7 May 2011                    8/9/10
 Horsham



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    displays outstanding abilities in Modern Languages;
•    is able to memorise foreign vocabulary quickly and effectively;
•    demonstrates excellent visual memory;
•    is creative and imaginative;
•    has good thinking skills especially deductive skills;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    be able to introduce themselves in Japanese;

•    understand how and when the Japanese use the katakana syllabary;

•    be able to use this knowledge to recognize vocabulary on sport, food and clothes;

•    understand numbers, dates and days in Japanese;

•    recognize and draw basic kanji;

•    have become aware of a fascinating language which hopefully they will want to explore further in the future.
Course Details:

This one-day course is aimed at KS3/KS4 pupils with no previous knowledge of the Japanese language. It is for
absolute beginners.

This course will also give pupils an introduction into the fascinating world of the Japanese writing systems.

During the course, pupils will be introduced to the Katakana syllabary. They will play a computer game to help
memorise the syllabary. They will then enjoy putting this new knowledge into practice by finding out how this syllabary
is used in modern Japanese. Pupils will gain a fascinating insight into the origin of some basic Kanji and will learn
how to draw these according to the Japanese tradition. Pupils will also learn to introduce themselves, in the Japanese
way.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Soft drink
 Fountain pen, pencils rubber etc
 Writing pad/paper

 Other: calligraphy pen or brush
 (optional)

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

The tutor would welcome any feedback from pupils after the Enrichment course to find out if they found it an
interesting/ enjoyable/ challenging worthwhile experience and if they would recommend it to their friends.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:122
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                            SUMMER TERM 2011

                                 A Taste For Russian
                                     SUM11:123
                                                    KEY STAGE
                    1                 2                  3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:              Dr. Chris Luck, Language Specialist

Places available:           22


 Venue                                       Time               Date                                 Year
                                                                                                     Group
                                                                           th
 Southern Area Professional Centre,          10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 18 June 2011                8/9/10/
 Worthing                                                                                            11/12/13



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a real flair for languages;
•    has linguistic curiosity and is keen to gain insight into how languages differ;
•    displays quick understanding and is orally responsive;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker with a penchant for analysis and problem-solving;
•    is able to concentrate, participate readily and work co-operatively.



Please note that while the course is designed for complete beginners, pupils with a little knowledge of
Russian may attend if they wish.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    be able to read, use and transliterate into and from the Russian alphabet;

•    know how to converse at a basic level on certain everyday topics;

•    broaden their linguistic understanding and knowledge and be able to devise their own patronymics;

•    gain fascinating insights into a very different language and culture and appreciate what a difficult language
     English can be!

•    develop their higher order thinking skills through deduction and analysis.
Course Details:

Pupils will learn to read and write in Russian, and how to transliterate between alphabets. They will acquire a range
of basic conversational phrases and gain fascinating insights into a very different language and culture. The course
is designed for pupils who enjoy languages but also for those pupils who enjoy a challenge and using problem solving
skills to decode a new language.


Please bring:



Pens, Pencils etc

Packed Lunch

Soft Drink

Mid-Session snack

Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers, parents and peers and consider Russian as a
language which they might pursue in Higher Education.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                SUM11:123
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

     An Introduction To The Chinese Language
                    And Culture
                    SUM11:124
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                  4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Yingxu Yin, Teacher of Chinese, Millais School

Places available:           18


 Venue                                        Time               Date                                    Year
                                                                                                         Group
 Millais School, Horsham                      10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 2nd July 2011                  9/10/11




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in the Chinese language as well as its culture;
•    is able to discuss ideas about different beliefs and traditions;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort;
•    is familiar with the strategies of learning a foreign language and uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker who is capable of visualizing the structure of written Chinese;
•    demonstrates high level literacy skills;
•    can think at higher levels, such as criticizing the advantages and disadvantages of two educational systems.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about China and its culture;

•    understand how the writing and pronunciation systems work in Mandarin;

•    be able to greet people and introduce themselves in Mandarin;

•    be able to speak, read and write numbers 1-999;

•    be able to read and write at least 30 characters;

•    have experience of practising Chinese calligraphy;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by discussing education in China and working out the concept
     behind the Chinese script and some traditions.
Course Details:

This course will explore the interesting world of a tonal language – Mandarin, gaining fascinating insights into the
concepts behind the Chinese script and its culture. Pupils will have a brief introduction to China where they are
encouraged to share knowledge about the country, its people, the beliefs and traditions with the group. They will
experiment with the four tones in Mandarin and understand its importance for Chinese languages. They will learn how
to introduce themselves and are encouraged to practise their oral speaking in pairs. Pupils will discover the concepts
behind the Chinese script and learn to read at least thirty characters. They will learn to speak, read and write
numbers one to ten and work out the rules for the bigger numbers by examining the characters chart. Pupils will have
the opportunity to practise Chinese calligraphy, an ancient art, by using ‘the four treasures of the study’ (brush, ink
stick, xuan paper, ink stone). They will also enjoy traditional music while writing characters.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Soft drink

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents. They could use online resources to
learn more about the language and its ancient culture, think about the opportunities of studying abroad or working in
China or with Chinese people in the coming future, and they might consider joining a school trip or planning a journey
to explore a completely different world.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                 SUM11:124
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                   SUMMER TERM 2011

           Creativity And Fun With World Rhythms!
                         SUM11:125
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                   3                   4                  16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                 Steve Morley, Professional Musician and Tabla Teacher and Craig Warnock

Places available:             16


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                      Year
                                                                                                             Group

    County Hall North, Horsham                  10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 25th June 2011                     6/7

*           Parents are warmly invited to a performance by the group at 2.30pm for a 3.00pm finish



Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:


•      must be able to keep a steady beat – non negotiable!
•      is self-disciplined and self-aware for their age;
•      is able to work in pairs and as part of a group for diverse musical activities;
•      has good physical coordination, as tabla are drums where left and right hands use a range of different strokes
       and/or enjoy vocalization (singing, recitation and vocal improvisation – but not involving harmony or melody);
•      has a keen interest in rhythm and drumming;
•      may be competent on another instrument, showing a flair for improvisation and accommodation/transposition of
       other musical ideas or structures into their playing;
•      may have both mathematical and/or linguistic skills as opposed to evident musical skills or have a keen interest in
       rhythm and drumming, and would enjoy exposure to a completely new musical experience.

IMPORTANT: Pupils are not required to be able to read music, or understand a Western musical notation and
these workshops are not just for boys!


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

       •    learn techniques, structures and traditions of North Indian drumming, and explore their applications and
            relevance with Western music;

       •    experiment with new musical and rhythmic ideas, and then put them into practice, both individually and as
            part of a group;

       •    experience a very different and multi-faceted process of learning, broadly an Eastern model involving
            copying and repetition, internalization of pulse and repertoire;

       •    be able to play and recite tabla phrases, both over a beat and within a cyclical structure;

       •    develop their creativity at their own pace through both improvisation and group participation.
Course Details:

Tabla is a sophisticated and versatile form of drumming, increasingly used in a wide range of contemporary Western
music, especially where evocative sounds and improvisation are needed. These enjoyable and participatory
workshops offer both an introduction to classical tabla and, significantly, new ideas and approaches for transferring its
recited language to other percussion instruments and drums. There will be much hands-on playing, and everyone will
be part of an exciting multi-layered ensemble. (Parents and family members are invited to be part of the end of the
session for a short presentation and performance).

Please note that these workshops are not only for musicians! There will be many young people who have a
previously unrecognised or unfulfilled predisposition for enjoying this type of creativity and experience.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Comfortable clothing for sitting on
                                      floor (ideally no football shirts)

 Water                                Other: cushion

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Parents, pupils, and teachers are invited to contact the tutor or access his website: Steve Morley, 01273 245939.
Pupils should be encouraged to describe their experiences to their peer group.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:125
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                SUMMER TERM 2011

                              Stagecraft For Singers
                                   SUM11:126
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                   4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Elle Osborne, Musician and Performance Artist, Brighton

Places available:           14


Venue                                         Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                            th
The Hub, Central Sussex College,              10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 11 June 2011 AND              7/8/9
Haywards Heath                                                                th
                                                                 Saturday 18 June 2011 2011 **A
                                                                 commitment to BOTH sessions is
                                                                 required**


NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has outstanding ability in singing;
•    has a sophisticated understanding of song and stage presentation;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know more about performance skills specifically for singers;

•    understand the essence of lyric and musical interpretation;

•    learn about the importance of breath and vocal health in singing;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills through analysis and constructive criticism.
Research before the course

Pupils are required to bring a PREPARED SONG to develop in the group throughout the day. Prepared
means: words and music LEARNT BY HEART – NO SONG SHEETS, NO BACKING CDs – and not previously
performed by the pupil.

Course Details:

This course is aimed at serious young singers who wish to develop their singing in performance. Pupils will look at
how to turn a good performance into an excellent performance. They will learn skills to develop stage presence and
cope with nerves.

Pupils will work independently and in a group and will interpret and evaluate song lyrics, musical expression, and
performance technique.




Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Plastic bottle of water
 NO FIZZY DRINKS / CORDIAL
 OR SUGARY SNACKS

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and music/singing teachers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                               SUM11:126
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

        Upload- An Introduction To Song Writing
                      SUM11:127
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                      4              16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Elle Osborne, Musician and Performance Artist, Brighton

Places available:           16


Venue                                         Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                        Group
                                                                            th
The Hub, Central Sussex College,              10.30 – 3.00       Saturday 25 June 2011 AND              7/8/9
Haywards Heath                                                   Saturday 2  nd
                                                                                  July 2011
                                                                 **A commitment to BOTH sessions
                                                                 is required**



NB        As this course has two sessions, schools will be charged for both, for each accepted place.

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    has an awareness of music history – and specifically from the 1960s to present day;
•    has outstanding ability in poetry/creative writing;
•    demonstrates musicality at a level beyond their peers;
•    shows a keen interest in music and poetry;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysis and interpretation of song lyrics;
•    enjoys creative teamwork;
•    is a creative and imaginative thinker, and is able to communicate ideas with others;
•    uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort and concentration.


Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    learn how to use their imagination and life experiences for inspiring song writing;

•    understand how to avoid clichés in songwriting;

•    understand more about the creative group experience, and the relationship between the singer and the song;

•    develop further their creative expression and individuality, and higher order thinking skills.




Research before the course

Pupils are required to bring an example of their favourite song writing – any style – and be able to say why it
is their favourite.
Course Details:

This course is over two consecutive Saturdays and attendance on both days is essential. The course will explore the
exciting possibilities of song-writing. Using our imaginations and everyday experiences as starting material, pupils will
work independently, with tutors and in small groups, to explore creative writing, lyric interpretation, song dynamics and
arrangements. There will be an emphasis on developing individual expression as well as technique. Pupils are
welcome to bring musical instruments (up to guitar or small keyboard size).




Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc
                                      Other: a CD, lyric, or piece of music
 Plastic bottle of water
                                      which inspires you.
 NO FIZZY DRINKS / CORDIAL
 OR SUGARY SNACKS                     Musical instruments welcome –
                                      guitars, small keyboards, etc
                                      (please note, none is provided)


 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and to keep a notebook of their
observations and thoughts for developing into song writing.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:127
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                              SUMMER TERM 2011

                        String And Dance Academy
                                SUM11:128
                                                      KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                    3                4               16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Professor Andrew Bernardi with Professors Nic Pendlebury, Head of Strings
                                      Trinity Laban College of Music and Dance, Malcom Singer, Director Yehudi
                                      Menuhin School, Victoria Rawlins and Daniel James, tutors at Junior Trinity
                                      Laban, Justine Reeves, Ballet Rambert Choreographer and Nick Allen, String
                                      Quartet tutor

Places available:            70


 Venue                                         Time               Date                              Year
                                                                                                    Group
 The Malden Theatre, Windlesham                11.00 – 4.30       Sunday 1st May 2011               Year 7
 House, Washington                                                                                  upwards
                                                                  AND
                                               11.00 – concert    Monday 2nd May 2011
 PLEASE USE APPLICATION                        at 6.30pm
                                                                  AND
 FORM C WHEN APPLYING FOR
                                                                  Sunday 3rd July 2011 TBC
 THIS COURSE                                   11.00 – 4.30




NB        This course has three sessions. Pupils are encouraged to attend all three and schools will be charged
          for three sessions for each accepted place.

Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    is either a bowed string player or dancer;
•    has considerable ensemble experience and is able to sight read music to a grade 3/4 standard;
•    demonstrates the ability to work with others towards a performance, providing constructive comments and
     support for other players and dancers;
•    shows a keen interest in learning to play new pieces and develop a dance performance:
•    is able to discuss ideas about how to interpret the composer’s or choreographer’s intentions;
•    enjoys intensive rehearsals that provide challenge and test social skills;
•    is committed to working at a high level of musicianship;
•    can think at higher levels, such as analysing, providing evaluative explanations and proposing solutions;
•    perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.

Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    understand more deeply the pleasure derived from playing or dancing in a collaborative performance;

•    be able to extend their skills by working along side experts;

•    know how to create an exciting performance;

•    develop their higher order thinking skills through creativity.
Course Details:

The course is structured so that the dancers and string players will develop their performances separately and
alongside each other leading to a combined performance. Music and Dance repertoire will include traditional and new
forms. Pupils will have the opportunity to record or video performance as part of course work for GCSE, AS and A
level with the prior agreement of school heads of department. The course has a year or more plan and as part of that
vision the String and Dance Academy will be working together with groups including the Yehudi Menuhin School (May
2011) and also competing for a place to perform in the Royal Albert Hall in November 2011. There will be the
opportunity to improvise in all the sessions and the course concert / performance. Pupils will gain skills in
responsibility for each other in disciplined yet very creative group work. Pupils’ understanding and focus will be taken
to a higher level of enrichment. For the most ambitious and gifted the String Academy has been a place where pupils
have realised their potential and vocation. Several pupils have subsequently chosen to read music at undergraduate
level and achieved success with high level careers in music and music education.

Pupils will learn to play solo in String Quartets, Ensembles and a String Orchestra which will perform with the
Dancers. Dancers will develop originally choreographed work based on the string repertoire being performed
including newly commissioned music.

String and Dance pupils will develop their individual and collective special musical and dance based skills. They will
also gain from each other by sharing these enhanced gifts and produce a heightened level of performance through
that interaction. Pupils will receive specialist national level tuition and perform with undergraduate and postgraduate
students from the UK’s leading Music Dance Conservatoire providing unique insight into performance experience.
There will be a performance at the end of the first weekend course and subsequently at the end of each of the
individual days thereby providing continuity and an ever increasing level of attainment. Pupils will enjoy discovering
new skills and be inspired to focus their ability. Pupils’ whole families will be engaged through the end of course
performances and in between course preparation.



Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pencil, rubber

 Soft drink                           Instrument and music

 Mid-session snack                    camera

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to take practice music and also videos / pictures / recordings to share with their family and
teachers.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit on 01243 777482, one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:128
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                 SUMMER TERM 2011

                                   Peace And Conflict
                                      SUM11:129
                                                     KEY STAGE
                    1                  2                   3                    4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:               Steve Emerson, Chatsmore Catholic High School and Dawn Yendell, Sackville
                                      School

Places available:            30


 Venue                                        Time                Date                                     Year
                                                                                                           Group
 Chatsmore Catholic High School               10.00 – 3.00        Saturday 25th June 2011                  7/8/9




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    shows a keen interest in learning about the world he/she lives in;
•    can develop a balanced argument and is wiling to hear their own view criticized;
•    can work as part of a team to research ideas and present them to others;
•    shows good thinking and analysis skills;
•    is able to see links between belief and practice.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know about areas of conflict in the world today;

•    understand which beliefs and values motivate some people to fight;

•    understand which beliefs and values motivate some people not to fight;

•    have presented their case for peace or conflict in a given situation;

•    develop further their higher order thinking skills by evaluating the views of different groups of people in order to
     form their own.
Course Details:

During the course the pupils will explore the theme of ‘Peace and conflict’ from many different angles. They will look
at real conflicts in the world today and explore possible causes of them. They will look at some real cases of peace
situations and conflict situations through history. They will explore what religious and non-religious beliefs and values
motivate people to fight or to work for peace. They will investigate a case study in order to bring together all the ideas
from the day and finally form some of their own opinions on the topic. The pupils will be encouraged to discuss and
debate their ideas, enabling them to learn from each other and form a more rounded opinion.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch

 Mid session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:129
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                    SUMMER TERM 2011

                               Forest Woodcraft Skills
                                    SUM11:130
                                                      KEY STAGE
                     1                  2                    3                  4                16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Philip Haskell, Weald Countryside Education Officer, Buchan Country Park,
                                       Crawley and Tom Forward, High Weald Forest Schools Co-ordinator.

Places available:             16


    Venue                                      Time               Date                                 Year
                                                                                                       Group
                                                                             th
    Countryside Centre, Buchan Country         9.45 – 4.00        Saturday 18 June 2011                7/8
    Park, Crawley


NB          As the day will be spent outdoors, please ensure the pupils have suitable outdoor clothing.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      is able to follow clear instructions safely when handling sharp tools;
•      has outstanding ability in science and geography;
•      demonstrates a responsible attitude and behaviour at a level beyond their peers;
•      shows a keen interest in practical outdoor activities and is able to discuss ideas about the environment and
       countryside management;
•      enjoys challenging practical tasks and team work;
•      is competent in tool use;
•      has some experience of outdoor woodland activities and/or is keen to develop related knowledge and skills;
•      can think at higher levels when speculating about potential outcomes of changes in environmental conditions,
       justifying and defending ideas and opinions put forward and proposing solutions to problems identified;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•      perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort, concentration and patience.



Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know more about the forest/bushcraft skills and how/when to apply them;

•      understand key ecological relationships within a woodland setting;

•      be able to approach potentially risky situations in a safe and responsible manner;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills by accomplishing technical tasks;

•      be able to identify more plants and animals in a woodland ecosystem.
Course Details:

The session will begin with introductions and warm up activities to increase pupils’ awareness of their surroundings
and agree appropriate behaviour and rules for the rest of the day. This will include teamwork, independent
observations and brief discussions.

The camp fire will be the focal point for the day and pupils will be given a chance to practise different fire-lighting
techniques and how to manage fires for different purposes i.e. cooking food or boiling water. In teams they will design
and build shelters taking into account their surroundings and identifying and making use of locally available resources.
They will make use of saws, loppers and secateurs to gather the materials they need and will use bushcraft knives to
fashion simple tools.

If time permits there will be a chance to discover the art of making charcoal.

Pupils will be introduced the basics of cooking food on the campfire and have a chance to prepare and taste food
cooked this way.

Following an introduction to woodland wildlife pupils will learn about tracking skills and how to identify different plants
and animals found there. They will be encouraged to think about the ecological interactions between the plants and
animals, how they are important to one another and how people have used them in the past and present. Themes
discussed throughout the day will include ‘environment and feeding relationships’ and ‘ecological relationships’ which
link into the KS3 Yr7 and Yr8 National Curriculum requirements.

Above all the day will be great fun for all involved!

Please bring:

 Packed lunch                          Stout footwear

 Bottle of water                       Camera (optional)

 Mid-session snack                     Other: This is an outdoor course in
                                       woodland, whatever the weather,
                                       and so pupils will need to have
 Waterproof clothing                   long trousers, suitable layers of
                                       clothing and waterproof footwear.

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and parents and actively seek out opportunities to
engage with their local woodland on weekends and during holidays. This could take the form of joining countryside
rangers for organised activities or events or in an informal manner with friends and family as part of a healthy lifestyle
and to gain further experience/learn more about the benefits of being active in the outdoors.

The activities will be based on the increasingly popular principles behind Forest Schools and there will be ongoing
opportunities for schools and community groups to join local Forest School Programmes, which take place over a
series of visits. Training and ‘taster’ events in Forest Schools Leadership are available at Buchan and Tilgate Parks
for adult volunteers and education professionals with the aim of providing ongoing opportunities for local children,
young people and adults of mixed abilities.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:130
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                                  SUMMER TERM 2011

                                               Go Fest
                                              SUM11:131
                                                       KEY STAGE
                     1                   2                     3               4                 16+


Course Organiser/tutor:                Peter Wendes, Education Officer, British Go Association, with guest Go experts
                                       if possible

Places available:             48 (in groups of 4 from each school)


    Venue                                       Time               Date                                   Year
                                                                                                          Group
    The Fishbourne Centre, Fishbourne,          10.30 - 3.30       Saturday 2nd July 2011                 Year 7
    Chichester                                                     This course is intended for pupils     upwards
                                                                   from primary and secondary schools
                                                                   who will work together.


*           Any pupils who have attended previous Go Fest courses are welcome to apply to extend their knowledge.


Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•      has enthusiasm to learn a challenging new board game;
•      is a creative and imaginative thinker;
•      uses high level speaking and listening skills;
•      is able to interact with others, as well as working independently;
•      can think at higher levels;
•      perseveres when the task requires a lot of effort.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•      know the basic rules of Go;

•      understand the history and cultural context of the game;

•      be able to play the game and teach it to others;

•      develop further their higher order thinking skills through learning some of the strategies of this new game.
Course Details:

Go is an ancient Japanese board game. It is an ideal game for challenging all pupils, but especially the very able. Go
is very creative, not just a calculating exercise like other board games. The aim of this one day course is to provide a
taster for groups of pupils and an adult from schools in the County in this thoroughly enjoyable game. By the end of
the session pupils will have learnt the basic rules of the game. With encouragement they will be able to return to their
schools and start a Go Club. This game provides a left/right brain activity, rich in culture and creativity. Pupils will be
playing in mixed age groups with pupils from both primary and secondary schools working together.

Will schools please use Application Form B to nominate groups of pupils for this course. If possible could schools
send an interested adult e.g. teacher, teaching assistant, parent, governor or the Gifted and Talented Co-ordinator.
This will facilitate the establishment of a Go Club in school and make the whole experience less isolated.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                          Camera (optional)
                                       Other: a Japanese or Chinese style
 Soft drink
                                       fan, bought or home-made
                                       (optional)

 Mid-session snack

 Pens, pencils etc

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

Pupils are encouraged to discuss their experiences with teachers and peers and be able to demonstrate a basic
game. It is hoped the pupils will be able to establish a Go Club in their own school. Schools are encouraged to
develop Go as an on-going resource, for enrichment and therapeutic purposes, and are invited to contact me (above)
to discuss this. Go is an excellent opportunity for peer learning, and some schools now include it as part of the
curriculum. There is an annual UK Go Challenge for Schools, and schools might like to plan for the 2011 Challenge.

Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                   SUM11:131
PUPIL ENRICHMENT PROGRAMME                                                         SUMMER TERM 2011

                                     Lantern Making
                                      SUM11:132
                                                  KEY STAGE
                    1                2                 3                   4           16+


Course Organiser/tutor:             Su Cloud, Ceramicist and Art Teacher

Places available:          15


 Venue                                     Time               Date                           Year
                                                                                             Group
                                                                         th
 West Dean College, Chichester             10.00 – 3.00       Saturday 25 June 2011          4




Guidance for Identification:

The Pupil:

•    demonstrates an ability in design technology beyond that of their peers;
•    is an imaginative thinker;
•    is able to interact with others, as well as work independently;
•    has good listening skills and perseveres when the task becomes challenging;
•    shows a keen interest in 3D art and design.




Course Outcomes:

Pupils will:

•    know the techniques to make a simple withie structure;

•    understand the process and materials used;

•    be able to evaluate what makes a strong balanced 3D structure;

•    develop their own designs and decoration.
Course Details:

Pupils will learn how to make a lantern from withies (willow), working in pairs, to support each other’s design. They
will create a strong, balanced structure and put into practice the techniques that will be demonstrated. As they
construct their lanterns they will need to evaluate the process. Pupils will be introduced to using glue and wet strength
tissue paper to cover their lanterns.


Please bring:


 Packed lunch                         Pens, pencils etc

 Soft drink                           Other: Old shirt, apron

 Mid-session snack

 Sketch pad

 Writing pad/paper

PLEASE ENSURE ALL EQUIPMENT BROUGHT TO THE COURSE IS CLEARLY NAMED.

Follow-up to course:

The process the pupils have learnt could be used to make hats, mini beasts, structures for parades and celebrations.


Teachers invited to accompany pupils as part of their own Professional Development?

Yes. (Please notify Shaaron Ovenstone at the Business Administration Unit, on 01243 777482 one week prior to
course date if you wish to observe the course).



                                                  SUM11:132

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:16
posted:8/5/2011
language:English
pages:264